annotate etc/NEWS @ 31308:c6f70d6ba074

*** empty log message ***
author Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
date Thu, 31 Aug 2000 08:51:47 +0000
parents 90089bb22edf
children c0199a9a07fa
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
1 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2000-08-14
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
2 Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 See the end for copying conditions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6 For older news, see the file ONEWS
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8
25995
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
9 * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
10
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
11 ** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
12
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
13 ** Support for LynxOS has been added.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
14
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
15 ** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP. You can turn this off using
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
16 the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
17
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
18 ** There are new configure options associated with the support for
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
19 images and toolkit scrollbars. Use the --help option in `configure'
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
20 to list them.
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
21
29972
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
22 ** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
23 Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
24
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
25 ** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
26 Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
27
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
28 ** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
29 support 64-bit executables. See etc/MACHINES for instructions.
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
30
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
31
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
32 * Changes in Emacs 21.1
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
33
31248
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
34 +++
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
35 * New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
36 and displayes information about that.
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
37
30930
ac1cc84d89c9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30922
diff changeset
38 * When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
ac1cc84d89c9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30922
diff changeset
39 file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.
ac1cc84d89c9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30922
diff changeset
40
30871
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
41 ** Polish and German translations of Emacs' reference card have been
31004
9af2fb7c9123 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30948
diff changeset
42 added. They are named `pl-refcard.tex' and `de-refcard.tex'.
30871
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
43 Postscript files are included.
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
44
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
45 ** A reference card for Dired has been added. Its name is
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
46 `dired-ref.tex'.
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
47
30693
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
48 ** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
49 expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
50
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
51 This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
52 determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
53 mode from the file's name. If it matches, the file is assumed to be
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
54 interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
55 regular expression. The mode is then determined as the mode
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
56 associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
57
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
58 +++
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
59 ** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently. Now if the menu bar is not
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
60 displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
61 menu bar. If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
62 menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
63
30222
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
64 ** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable because it contains
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
65 a version-dependent component.
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
66
30155
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
67 ** The <delete> function key is now bound to `delete-char' by default.
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
68 Note that this takes effect only on window systems. On TTYs, Emacs
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
69 will receive ASCII 127 when the DEL key is pressed. This
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
70 character is still bound as before.
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
71
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
72 ** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
73 using that menu.
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
74
29532
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
75 ** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
76 suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
29532
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
77
31022
2fa78512b45e Mark the operation of chosing safe coding system as explained
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31020
diff changeset
78 +++
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
79 ** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
80 buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
81 contents. (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
82 by M-x prefer-coding-system.) Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
83 insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
84 the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
85 Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
86
31020
2f1815d3e9ae Mark inhibit-iso-escape-detection as updated in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31019
diff changeset
87 +++
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
88 ** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
89 coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
90 escape sequences. If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
91 such escape sequences. The default value is nil, and it is
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
92 recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
93 always want to read any escape code verbatim. If you just want to
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
94 read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
95 (`universal-coding-system-argument'). For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
96 RET C-x C-f filename RET.
30205
e596e66d3044 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30203
diff changeset
97
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
98 ** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
99 environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
100
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
101 +++
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
102 ** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
103 point in a pop-up window.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
104
31024
147670916de0 Mark list-charset-chars as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31022
diff changeset
105 +++
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
106 ** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
107 displays all characters in that character set.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
108
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
109 ** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
110 coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
111
31026
3cd6db455d11 Mark comment-dwim as described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31024
diff changeset
112 +++
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
113 ** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
31026
3cd6db455d11 Mark comment-dwim as described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31024
diff changeset
114 on the context. M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
3cd6db455d11 Mark comment-dwim as described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31024
diff changeset
115 defined on newcomment.el.
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
116
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
117 +++
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28912
diff changeset
118 ** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28912
diff changeset
119
28912
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
120 ** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
121 been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
122
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
123 +++
28799
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
124 ** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
125 `display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
126 indicator used by the display-time package. On a suitable display the
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
127 indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
128
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
129 +++
28699
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
130 ** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
131 sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
28776
49a91eb4274c Describe the different auto-save-file-list-prefix on MS-DOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28759
diff changeset
132 (On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
28699
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
133 You can customize `auto-save-list-prefix' to change this location.
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
134
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
135 +++
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
136 ** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
137 on the display using several methods
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
138
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
139 +++
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
140 - By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS. PIXELS must be
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
141 a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
142 be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
143
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
144 +++
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
145 - By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'. This is
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
146 equivalent ot specifying the frame parameter.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
147
28870
b3629cc23098 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28855
diff changeset
148 - By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
149
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
150 - By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'. The meaning is
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
151 the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
152
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
153 +++
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
154 ** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
155 an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer. The
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
156 command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
157 does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
28626
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
158
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
159 +++
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
160 ** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
28757
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
161 `make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
162 typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
163
28396
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
164 ** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
165 characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
166
31028
b72824a73f3c Mark load-dangerous-libraries as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31026
diff changeset
167 +++
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
168 ** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
169 compiled with Emacs. Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
170 this behavior.
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
171
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
172 The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs' byte
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
173 compiler. Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
174 Emacs dump core.
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
175
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
176 +++
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
177 ** New X resources recognized
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
178
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
179 *** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
180 whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode. Synchronous mode
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
181 is useful for debugging X problems.
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
182
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
183 Example:
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
184
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
185 emacs.synchronous: true
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
186
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
187 *** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
188 visual Emacs should use. The resource's value should be a string of
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
189 the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
190 and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number. Valid
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
191 visual class names are
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
192
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
193 TrueColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
194 PseudoColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
195 DirectColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
196 StaticColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
197 GrayScale
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
198 StaticGray
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
199
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
200 Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
201 `pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
202 meaning.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
203
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
204 The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
205 supported on your display, and which depths they have. If
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
206 `visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
207 visual.
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
208
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
209 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
210
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
211 emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
212
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
213 *** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
214 specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
215 default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor. Recognized
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
216 resource values are `true' or `on'.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
217
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
218 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
219
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
220 emacs.privateColormap: true
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
221
27966
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
222 ** The menu bar configuration has changed. The new configuration is
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
223 more CUA-compliant. The most significant change is that Options is
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
224 now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
225
27847
dac12996b1b5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27845
diff changeset
226 ** User-option `show-cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to
27845
995881918154 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27827
diff changeset
227 display the cursor in non-selected windows. If nil, no cursor is
27847
dac12996b1b5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27845
diff changeset
228 shown, if non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown. This option can
dac12996b1b5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27845
diff changeset
229 be customized.
27845
995881918154 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27827
diff changeset
230
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
231 +++
27770
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
232 ** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
233
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
234 +++
27473
2c8128604a57 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27470
diff changeset
235 ** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
2c8128604a57 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27470
diff changeset
236 all frames except the selected one.
2c8128604a57 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27470
diff changeset
237
27369
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
238 ** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
239 to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
240
27356
6a78e514e6d3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27328
diff changeset
241 ** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
30482
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
242 the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
243 MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips. Many standard menus
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
244 displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
245
31058
8a6816ab9887 Mark mouse-highlight on MS-DOS as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31053
diff changeset
246 +++
30482
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
247 ** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
248 MS-DOS version of Emacs.
27356
6a78e514e6d3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27328
diff changeset
249
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
250 ** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
251 read mail from the menu etc.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
252
31030
5f19633e9dc2 Mark hexl-insert-hex-string as documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31028
diff changeset
253 +++
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
254 ** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
255 a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
256
28626
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
257 ** Changes in Texinfo mode.
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
258
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
259 ** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
260 macros
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
261
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
262 Key binding Macro
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
263 -------------------------
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
264 C-c C-c C-s @strong
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
265 C-c C-c C-e @emph
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
266 C-c C-c u @url
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
267 C-c C-c q @quotation
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
268 C-c C-c m @email
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
269
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
270 ** Changes in Outline mode.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
271
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
272 There is now support for Imenu to index headings. A new command
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
273 `outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
274 the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
275
31009
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
276 ** Changes to Emacs Server
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
277
31032
16697e53a439 Mark server-kill-new-buffers as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31030
diff changeset
278 +++
16697e53a439 Mark server-kill-new-buffers as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31030
diff changeset
279 *** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
31009
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
280 with buffers when done with them. If non-nil, the default, buffers
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
281 are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
282 Emacs Server. If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
283 buffers to kill, as before.
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
284
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
285 Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
31032
16697e53a439 Mark server-kill-new-buffers as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31030
diff changeset
286 i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
31009
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
287 this way.
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
288
30788
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
289 ** Changes to Show Paren mode.
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
290
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
291 *** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
292 The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
293 use. Default is 1000.
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
294
31034
6e746a746c96 Mark check-parens as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31032
diff changeset
295 +++
27200
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
296 ** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
297 groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
298
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
299 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
300 ** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
301 M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
302 M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
303 buffers.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
304
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
305 +++
26432
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
306 ** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
307 under XFree86. To enable this, simply put (mwheel-install) in your
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
308 .emacs file.
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
309
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
310 The variables `mwheel-follow-mouse' and `mwheel-scroll-amount'
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
311 determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
312
26417
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
313 ** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
314 abbreviated file names. Abbreviations can be customized by changing
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
315 `directory-abbrev-alist'.
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
316
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317 ** Faces and frame parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320 Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 `scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 `scroll-bar' and vice versa. Setting frame parameter `border-color'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323 sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa. Likewise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327 Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328 `default' face and vice versa. Setting frame parameters
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
329 `foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330 `default' face and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331
31036
b8536256a5e8 Mark the `menu' face as already documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31034
diff changeset
332 +++
25951
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
333 ** New face `menu'.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
334
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
335 The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
336 Setting the font of LessTif/Motif menus is currently not supported;
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
337 attempts to set the font are ignored in this case.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
338
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
339 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 ** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342 The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343 colors. Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 the screen gamma of a frame's display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347 PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2. smaller values result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 in darker colors. You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349 color displays. The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352 `ScreenGamma'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354 ** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 Italic text can be used without redisplay problems. Fonts containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359 of a font can be used. Images of various formats can be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360 the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362 ** Emacs has a new face implementation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365 font. Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
366 height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367 These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
368 specify a font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
370 Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
371 These terminal capabilities are auto-detected. Details can be found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372 under Lisp changes, below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
374 ** New default font is Courier 12pt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
376 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
377 ** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
378 of its own. When the window is selected, the cursor is solid;
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
379 otherwise, it is hollow.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381 ** Bitmap areas to the left and right of windows are used to display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382 truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 customizing face `fringe'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 ** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 can change its appearance by modifying the face `modeline'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 ** LessTif support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
391 Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see <http://www.lesstif.org>).
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
392 You will need a version 0.88.1 or later.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 ** Toolkit scroll bars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 Emacs now uses toolkit scrollbars if available. When configured for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scrollbar. Otherwise, when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 bar if Xaw3d is available. You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 Xaw3d is compiled on your system. If the Makefile generated from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405 Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406 Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it. Take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408 `s/freebsd.h' as an example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410 Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412 directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413 different systems). You will find files `*.cf' there. If your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414 system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415 add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 `float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 image configuration file contains the necessary information. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 ** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus. When configured for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
429 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 ** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'. Trailing whitespace is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line. To avoid busy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438
31040
5c62643e2061 Mark busy-cursor as being documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31036
diff changeset
439 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 ** Busy-cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442 Emacs can optionally display a busy-cursor under X. You can turn the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
445 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 ** Blinking cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'. Blinking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 the group `cursor'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 ** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 generally faster. It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460 Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 have to do anything to activate it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 ** Tabs and variable-width text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465 Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
466 defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467 independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468 Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470 ** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
472 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473 *** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476
28677
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
477 The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
478 LessTif/Motif one.
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
479
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
480 *** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
481 LessTif and Motif.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482
31042
bff0e9c38c5d Mark automatic-hscrolling as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31040
diff changeset
483 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 ** Hscrolling in C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
486 Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
487 `automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default). This setting can be
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
488 customized.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 ** Tool bar support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. For details
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
495 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 ** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 Different parts of the mode line under X have been made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 mouse-sensitive. Moving the mouse to a mouse-sensitive part in the mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 line changes the appearance of the mouse pointer to an arrow, and help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501 about available mouse actions is displayed either in the echo area, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 in the tooltip window if you have enabled one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 Currently, the following actions have been defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 - Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line switches between two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507 buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 - Mouse-2 on the buffer-name switches to the next buffer, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510 M-mouse-2 switches to the previous buffer in the buffer list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 - Mouse-3 on the buffer-name displays a buffer menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
514 - Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
515 `*') toggles the status.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 - Mouse-3 on the mode name display a minor-mode menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 ** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521 When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
26652
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
522 from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 ** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 the terminal supports it. Faces with a weight less than normal and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible. Other face
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
532 attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
533 on terminals.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535 ** Sound support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536
30012
c4958e8c427f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30006
diff changeset
537 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
30121
f67697912c81 Correct a typo ("aka as" -> "a.k.a.").
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30111
diff changeset
538 driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver). Currently
30012
c4958e8c427f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30006
diff changeset
539 supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
541 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 ** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 forced on. The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550
31045
a82ae0d01b33 Mark x-stretch-cursor as being documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31042
diff changeset
551 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 ** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. To do this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 `x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557
31047
0a8115d19f8e Mark indicate-empty-lines as being documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31045
diff changeset
558 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 ** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560 bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
562 This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
563 `indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value. The default value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565
31127
acdb063c2011 Mark scroll-*-aggressively as being documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31124
diff changeset
566 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567 ** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569 When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggessively' is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
31124
265c24a487bf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31073
diff changeset
572 fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggessively' is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
31124
265c24a487bf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31073
diff changeset
577 fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 ** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 notably at the end of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
585 +++
28132
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
586 There is a new command M-x replace-rectangle.
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
587
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 ** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590 after each match to get the replacement text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591
31049
c5e2705a7119 Mark the `e' command in query-replace as being documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31047
diff changeset
592 +++
29972
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
593 ** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
594 you edit the replacement string.
28805
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
595
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
596 ** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB', lets
28805
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
597 you complete mail aliases in the text, analogous to
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
598 lisp-complete-symbol.
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
599
31051
37d565afa4ae Mark max-mini-window-height as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31049
diff changeset
600 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 ** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
603 If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
604 longer than one line, Emacs now resizes the minibuffer window unless
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
605 it is on a frame of its own. You can control the maximum minibuffer
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
606 window size by setting the following variable:
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 - User option: max-mini-window-height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 specifies a number of lines. If nil, don't resize.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 Default is 0.25.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615
30111
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
616 ** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
617
27017
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
618 ** Changes to hideshow.el
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
619
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
620 Hideshow is now at version 5.x. It uses a new algorithms for block
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
621 selection and traversal and includes more isearch support.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
622
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
623 *** Generalized block selection and traversal
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
624
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
625 A block is now recognized by three things: its start and end regexps
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
626 (both strings), and a match-data selector (an integer) specifying
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
627 which sub-expression in the start regexp serves as the place where a
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
628 `forward-sexp'-like function can operate. Hideshow always adjusts
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
629 point to this sub-expression before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
630 (which for most modes evaluates to `forward-sexp').
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
631
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
632 If the match-data selector is not specified, it defaults to zero,
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
633 i.e., the entire start regexp is valid, w/ no prefix. This is
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
634 backwards compatible with previous versions of hideshow. Please see
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
635 the docstring for variable `hs-special-modes-alist' for details.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
636
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
637 *** Isearch support for updating mode line
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
638
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
639 During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active, hidden
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
640 blocks are temporarily shown. The variable `hs-headline' records the
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
641 line at the beginning of the opened block (preceding the hidden
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
642 portion of the buffer), and the mode line is refreshed. When a block
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
643 is re-hidden, the variable is set to nil.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
644
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
645 To show `hs-headline' in the mode line, you may wish to include
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
646 something like this in your .emacs.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
647
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
648 (add-hook 'hs-minor-mode-hook
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
649 (lambda ()
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
650 (add-to-list 'mode-line-format 'hs-headline)))
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
651
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
652 ** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
653
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
654 +++
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
655 If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes an
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
656 entry appropriate for the file's parent. This is useful for making
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
657 log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
658
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
659 +++
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
660 New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the current
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
661 buffer.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
662
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
663 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
664 New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries in
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
665 a log file.
27005
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
666
31053
5020deed39ea Mark change-log-version-info-enabled and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31051
diff changeset
667 +++
27005
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
668 Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log entries
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
669 if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
670
31053
5020deed39ea Mark change-log-version-info-enabled and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31051
diff changeset
671 +++
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
672 Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
673 version number is performed based on regular expressions from
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
674 `change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be cutomized.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
675 Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.
27005
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
676
26964
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
677 ** Changes in Font Lock
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
678
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
679 *** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
680 font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
681 mode.
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
682
26606
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
683 ** Comint (subshell) changes
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
684
30650
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
685 By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp' to
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
686 distiguish prompts from user-input. Instead, it notices which parts of
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
687 the text were output by the process, and which entered by the user, and
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
688 attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use this information.
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
689 Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line, respect field
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
690 boundaries in a fairly natural manner.
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
691 To disable this feature, and use the old behavior, set the variable
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
692 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' to a non-nil value.
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
693
26606
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
694 Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
695 and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
696
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
697 The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
698 buffer name from the mini-buffer. The command is sent to the current
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
699 buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
700
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
701 The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
702 M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
703 the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
704
30759
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
705 Packages based on comint.el like shell-mode, and scheme-interaction-mode
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
706 now highlight user input and program prompts, and support choosing
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
707 previous input with mouse-2. To control these feature, see the
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
708 user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
709
26835
44fd08970a49 RET bound in Rmail summary.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26834
diff changeset
710 ** Changes to Rmail mode
44fd08970a49 RET bound in Rmail summary.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26834
diff changeset
711
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
712 *** The new user-option rmail-rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
713 set to fine tune the identification of of the correspondent when
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
714 receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, the
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
715 recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. If nil, the default,
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
716 `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
717 as correspondent.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
718
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
719 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
720 mails sent by you under different user names. Then it should be a
29162
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
721 regexp matching your mail addresses.
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
722
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
723 *** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
724 to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
725 Rmail file. You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
726 with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p. Default is to ask
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
727 for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
728
27361
c050e4500d16 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27356
diff changeset
729 *** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
c050e4500d16 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27356
diff changeset
730 like `j'.
c050e4500d16 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27356
diff changeset
731
27381
622e861dce48 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27378
diff changeset
732 *** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
622e861dce48 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27378
diff changeset
733 specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
27378
af3075bcc264 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27369
diff changeset
734 digest message.
26835
44fd08970a49 RET bound in Rmail summary.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26834
diff changeset
735
29162
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
736 *** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
737 in which folder to put messages automatically.
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
738
26271
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
739 ** Changes to TeX mode
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
740
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
741 The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
742 `latex-mode'.
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
743
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746 *** RefTeX has new support for index generation. Index entries can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747 created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748 Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 macro. `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750 sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index. Entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 can be edited from that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 *** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 `A' to use all marked entries).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 *** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760 *** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 been cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764
26684
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
765 ** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
766 The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
767 semicolons in a heading line. Toplevel forms starting with a `('
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
768 in column 1 are always made leaves.
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
769
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770 ** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 has the following new features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773 *** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 may match text spanning multiple lines. For example, some people like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 to have the filename and date on separate lines. The new variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776 time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 *** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779 feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780 file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781 compiled binary. The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 pattern. The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 defaults to 1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
785 ** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
29676
6c84e790448f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29657
diff changeset
786 file names.
6c84e790448f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29657
diff changeset
787
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
788 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 ** Tooltips.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791 Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 mouse position. To use them, use the Lisp package `tooltip' which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793 can access via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795 Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging. If activated,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 the mouse in source buffers. You can customize various aspects of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
800 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 ** Customize changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 *** Customize now supports comments about customized items. Use the
26096
466a2fb0133c Note about custom comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26062
diff changeset
804 `State' menu to add comments. Note that customization comments will
466a2fb0133c Note about custom comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26062
diff changeset
805 cause the customizations to fail in earlier versions of Emacs.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 *** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 default).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810
26834
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
811 *** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
812 between custom options. Example:
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
813
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
814 (defcustom default-input-method nil
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
815 "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
816 This is the input method activated automatically by the command
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
817 `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
818 :group 'mule
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
819 :type '(choice (const nil) string)
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
820 :set-after '(current-language-environment))
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
821
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
822 This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
823 current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
824 first in a custom-set-variables statement.
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
825
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826 ** New features in evaluation commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
828 *** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
834 *** The function `eval-defun' (M-C-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
835 code when called with a prefix argument.
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
836
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
837 ** Ispell changes
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
838
31061
457c0b39a922 Mark `ispell' and the DOZe'NT support as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31058
diff changeset
839 +++
30568
904cda56fa16 Fix typos in the entry for `ispell' command.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
840 *** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
904cda56fa16 Fix typos in the entry for `ispell' command.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
841 transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active. Otherwise it
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
842 spell-checks the current buffer.
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
843
31061
457c0b39a922 Mark `ispell' and the DOZe'NT support as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31058
diff changeset
844 +++
30937
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
845 *** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
846 added.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
847
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
848 *** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
849 correction is made and re-checked.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
850
30948
0763555f942b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30937
diff changeset
851 *** An Italian and a Portuguese dictionary definition has been added.
30937
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
852
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
853 *** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
854 cases.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
855
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
856 *** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
857 on syntax errors.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
858
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
859 *** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
860 end of the buffer.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
861
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 ** Dired changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 *** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 command will delete non-empty directories recursively. The default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 is, delete only empty directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 *** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 command will copy directories recursively. The default is, do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 copy directories recursively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871
26728
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
872 *** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
873 in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
874 the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
875
30111
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
876 *** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
877 replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
878 directory.
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
879
30278
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
880 *** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `w') shows
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
881 a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
882 This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
883 will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
884 accurate or inaccurate as it is.
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
885
30415
a4f7b3cc6705 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30412
diff changeset
886 *** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
a4f7b3cc6705 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30412
diff changeset
887 from ls switches.
a4f7b3cc6705 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30412
diff changeset
888
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 ** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 use the -f option when sending mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
892 ** CC mode changes.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
893
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
894 Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
895 current user setups (although it's believed that these
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
896 incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
897 However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
898 back depending on user feedback. Therefore there's no forward
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
899 compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
900 release.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
901
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
902 *** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
903 This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
904 of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
905 non-advanced users. If you know what this variable does you might
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
906 want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
907 have to bother.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
908
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
909 Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
910 situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
30445
507cbd3f9296 Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30415
diff changeset
911 and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
912 If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
913 the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
914 by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
915
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
916 *** New initialization procedure for the style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
917 When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
918 variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
919 take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style. This
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
920 is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
921 settings would override the global settings. This change makes it
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
922 possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
923 Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
924
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
925 By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
926 special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
927 the style system. This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
928 of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
929 above.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
930
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
931 Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
932 when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
933 function. When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
934 call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
935 then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
936 values. In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
937 only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
938 function documentation for more info.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
939
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
940 The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
941 especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
942 with setq in their .emacs files. On the other hand, the new system is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
943 intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
944 such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot. This new system
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
945 is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
946 configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
947 global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
948
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
949 (Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
950
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
951 **** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
952 This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
953
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
954 This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
955 variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
956 completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
957 the style is first initialized. This means it now defaults to the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
958 empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
959 style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
960
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
961 **** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
962 In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
963 c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
964 as far as possible.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
965
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
966 *** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
967 CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
968 surrounding code, especially inside comments. For details see the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
969 chapter about this in the manual.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
970
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
971 **** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
972 The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
973 recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments. It's
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
974 primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
975 adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
976
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
977 **** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
978 This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
979 c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
980
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
981 **** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
982 This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
983
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
984 It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
985 Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
986 A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
987 inside CC Mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
988
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
989 Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
990 causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
991 the empty string (which it commonly does). A patch for that is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
992 available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
993 cc-mode/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
994
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
995 **** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
996 The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
997 specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
998 literals.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
999
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1000 **** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1001 It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1002 prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments. If
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1003 you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1004 this function.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1005
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1006 *** Fixes to IDL mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1007 It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1008 to IDL. E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1009 struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1010 Thanks to Eric Eide.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1011
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1012 *** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1013 It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1014 opening braces hangs and when they don't.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1015
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1016 **** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1017
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1018 *** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1019 See their docstrings for details. c-lineup-template-args does a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1020 better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1021 and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1022
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1023 *** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1024 previous line. It used to instead preserve comments that started in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1025 the column specified by comment-column.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1026
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1027 *** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1028 In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1029 is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1030 prefix. This is intended for the type of large block comments that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1031 contain documentation with its own formatting. In these you normally
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1032 don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1033
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1034 *** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1035 instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1036 arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1037
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1038 *** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1039
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1040 *** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1041 c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1042 c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1043 variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1044 Provan).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1045
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1046 *** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1047
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1048 ** Makefile mode changes
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1049
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1050 *** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1051
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1052 *** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1053 Fontlock mode is active.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1054
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1055 ** Isearch changes
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1056
30477
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
1057 *** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
1058 so that searches can be resumed.
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
1059
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
1060 *** In Isearch mode, M-C-s and M-C-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1061 respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1062 that started the search.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1063
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1064 *** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066
31063
e0e59380736b Mark isearch-lazy-highlight as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31061
diff changeset
1067 +++
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1068 *** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1069
26417
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
1070 Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1071 `isearch-lazy-highlight'. When active, all matches for the current
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1072 search string are highlighted. The current match is highlighted as
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1073 before using face `isearch' or `region'. All other matches are
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1074 highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1075 `secondary-selection'.
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1076
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1077 The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1078 will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1079 Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1080 using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1081 usual snappy response.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1082
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1083 If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1084 matches are automatically cleared when you end the search. If it is
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1085 set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1086 isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1087
31064
3aa8be9f2e70 Mark sort-numeric-fields and sort-numeric-base as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31063
diff changeset
1088 +++
27470
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1089 ** Changes in sort.el
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1090
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1091 The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
27533
6dfbe5197843 A typo ("ocatal" instead of "octal").
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27498
diff changeset
1092 as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal. The
31064
3aa8be9f2e70 Mark sort-numeric-fields and sort-numeric-base as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31063
diff changeset
1093 new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
27470
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1094 numeric base.
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1095
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1096 ** Changes to Ange-ftp
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1097
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1098 +++
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1099 *** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
25929
a955ea8f6b15 ange-ftp item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25910
diff changeset
1100 names cleanly. It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
a955ea8f6b15 ange-ftp item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25910
diff changeset
1101 sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'. (This syntax comes from EFS.)
a955ea8f6b15 ange-ftp item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25910
diff changeset
1102
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1103 *** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1104 ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1105
30518
ba9bd1bf0ef8 Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30516
diff changeset
1106 *** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
ba9bd1bf0ef8 Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30516
diff changeset
1107 output ^M at the end of lines.
ba9bd1bf0ef8 Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30516
diff changeset
1108
25984
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1109 ** Shell script mode changes.
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1110
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1111 Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1112 derived from sh and rc. The indentation style is customizeable, and
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1113 sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1114
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1115 ** Etags changes.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1116
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1117 *** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1118
26289
6651db4a4b1f Document regexp changes in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26277
diff changeset
1119 *** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex. It is now
26292
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1120 possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1121 {lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1122 This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1123 a regular expression. The manual contains details.
26289
6651db4a4b1f Document regexp changes in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26277
diff changeset
1124
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1125 *** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1126 declarations when given the --declarations option.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1127
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1128 *** In C++, tags are created for "operator". The tags have the form
26289
6651db4a4b1f Document regexp changes in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26277
diff changeset
1129 "operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1130
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1131 *** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1132 types.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1133
29238
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
1134 *** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1135
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1136 *** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1137
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1138 *** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1139 are now tagged.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1140
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1141 *** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables. my and local
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1142 variables are tagged.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1143
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1144 *** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1145
26292
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1146 *** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1147 for PSWrap.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1148
31066
8339f8e5c8c8 Mark etags.el changes as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31064
diff changeset
1149 +++
26728
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1150 ** Changes in etags.el
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1151
28244
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1152 *** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1153 tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive. The default
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1154 is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1155
26728
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1156 *** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1157 the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1158
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1159 If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1160 FUNCTION TO-SEARCH). For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1161 TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it. TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1162 obarray, or symbol. If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1163
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1164 TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1165
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1166 FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1167 List buffer. It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1168
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1169 A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1170
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1171 '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1172 ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1173 ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1174
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1175 *** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1176 of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1177
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1178 *** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1179 names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1180
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1181 +++
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1182 ** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1183 and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1184 LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1185
31068
38395be86e6d Mark the new language environments as documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31066
diff changeset
1186 +++
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1187 ** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1188 Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1189 8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1190 GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet; there are basic 8859-14 and
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1191 8859-15 fonts at <URL:http://czyborra.com/charsets/> and recent X
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1192 releases have 8859-15. There are new Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1193 (only) and Polish slash input methods in Leim.
26016
e60cddba180c latin-[89]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25995
diff changeset
1194
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1195 +++
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
1196 ** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
26652
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1197 remove text past column 72. The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1198 appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1199
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1200 ** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1201
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1202 +++
26768
02eb997314dc view-emacs-problems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26737
diff changeset
1203 ** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
02eb997314dc view-emacs-problems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26737
diff changeset
1204
31070
5c579e72175d Mark dabbrev-ignore-regexps as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31068
diff changeset
1205 +++
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1206 ** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1207 containing a list of regular expressions. Buffers matching a regular
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1208 expression from that list, are not checked.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1209
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1210 ** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1211 When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1212 and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1213 the buffer, just like for the local files.
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1214
30829
a83791be7166 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30789
diff changeset
1215 ** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
a83791be7166 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30789
diff changeset
1216
31279
90089bb22edf Mark as documented in the manual the effect of prefix argument
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31248
diff changeset
1217 +++
31231
abc7c24c58bb *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31220
diff changeset
1218 ** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
abc7c24c58bb *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31220
diff changeset
1219 displays local abbrevs, only.
abc7c24c58bb *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31220
diff changeset
1220
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 ** New modes and packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222
31019
2ec8d313faf7 Mark timeclock.el as being described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31009
diff changeset
1223 +++
30781
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1224 *** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1225 intervals. You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1226 typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1227 on certain projects.
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1228
31071
93f2d24e3942 Mark hi-lock.el as being documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31070
diff changeset
1229 +++
30781
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1230 *** The new package hi-lock.el, text matching interactively entered
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1231 regexp's can be highlighted. For example,
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1232
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1233 M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1234
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1235 will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1236 face. New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1237 typed. `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1238 Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1239 appropriate faces is provided. The regexps can be written into the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1240 current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1241 corresponding file is read.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1242
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1243 +++
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1244 *** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1245 Emacs is idle.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1246
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1247 *** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1248 parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1249
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1250 *** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1251 package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1252 be more robust while offering the same functionality.
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1253
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1254 +++
28879
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1255 *** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1256 facilities tailored for use with C++. It is documented in a
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1257 separate Texinfo file.
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1258
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1259 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1260 *** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1261 by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1262 provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS. It comes with
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1263 `log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1264 enter checkin log messages.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1265
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1266 +++
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1267 *** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1268 without invoking external programs.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1269
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1270 The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1271 and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does. Unlike
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1272 `manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1273 is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
28955
6cfd3ddf0911 Correct a typo in description of `woman.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28946
diff changeset
1274 Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1275
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1276 The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1277 page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1278
31073
f35042c35352 Mark re-build as being documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31071
diff changeset
1279 +++
28098
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1280 *** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1281 authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1282
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1283 The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1284 the regexp editor popping up in a separate window. Matching text in
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1285 the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1286 Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1287 even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1288 single step.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1289
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1290 On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1291 matching parens to make them stand out. On such a setup you will
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1292 probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1293 contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1294
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1295 +++
27644
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1296 *** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1297 unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable. It works as glasses, without
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1298 actually modifying content of a buffer.
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1299
27498
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1300 *** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1301 PostScript.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1302
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1303 Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1304
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1305 The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1306
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1307 ; comment (until end of line)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1308 A non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1309 "C" terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1310 ?C? special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1311 $A default non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1312 $"C" default terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1313 $?C? default special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1314 A = B. production (A is the header and B the body)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1315 C D sequence (C occurs before D)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1316 C | D alternative (C or D occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1317 A - B exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1318 n * A repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1319 (C) group (expression C is grouped together)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1320 [C] optional (C may or not occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1321 C+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1322 {C}+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1323 {C}* zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1324 {C} zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1325 C / D equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1326 {C || D}+ equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1327 {C || D}* equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1328 {C || D} equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1329
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1330 Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1331
27328
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1332 *** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1333 align. Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1334 determine where the columns should be split. In C and C++, for
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1335 example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1336 equal signs of assignments.
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1337
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1338 +++
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
1339 *** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
1340 paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
1341
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1342 +++
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1343 *** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1344 list-buffers or electric-buffer-list. Use M-x bs-show to display a
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1345 buffer menu with this package. You can use M-x bs-customize to
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1346 customize the package.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1347
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
1348 *** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
1349
27733
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1350 *** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1351 replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe. Actually, it
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1352 is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1353 and can be customized easily to get many more functions. It should
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1354 not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1355 which answers different needs.
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1356
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1357 +++
26964
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1358 *** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1359 suspicious C and C++ constructions. Currently, assignments inside
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1360 expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1361 course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1362 reference parameters are recognized. The modes require font-lock mode
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1363 to be enabled.
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1364
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1365 +++
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1366 *** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1367 containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1368
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1369 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 *** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1372 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 *** hl-line.el provides a minor mode to highlight the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 *** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 *** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 Pascal) language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1380 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 *** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 the text at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 *** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1386 +++
25862
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
1387 *** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
1388
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 *** whitespace.el ???
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390
25992
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1391 *** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1392 files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1393 (very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1394 interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1395 often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1396 uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1397 codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1398
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1399 *** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1400
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1401 Here is an example of columns:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1402
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1403 horse apple bus
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1404 dog pineapple car EXTRA
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1405 porcupine strawberry airplane
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1406
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1407 Doing the following settings:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1408
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1409 (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1410 (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1411 (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1412 (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1413
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1414
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1415 Selecting the lines above and typing:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1416
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1417 M-x delimit-columns-region
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1418
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1419 It results:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1420
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1421 [ horse , apple , bus , ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1422 [ dog , pineapple , car , EXTRA ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1423 [ porcupine, strawberry, airplane, ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1424
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1425 delim-col has the following options:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1426
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1427 delimit-columns-str-before Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1428 before all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1429
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1430 delimit-columns-str-separator Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1431 between each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1432
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1433 delimit-columns-str-after Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1434 after all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1435
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1436 delimit-columns-separator Specify a regexp which separates
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1437 each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1438
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1439 delim-col has the following commands:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1440
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1441 delimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1442 delimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1443
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1444 +++
26030
c5e8559a53cb Add description of recentf.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26016
diff changeset
1445 *** The package recentf.el maintains a menu for visiting files that
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1446 were operated on recently.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1447
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1448 M-x recentf-mode RET toggles recentf mode.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1449
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1450 M-x customize-variable RET recentf-mode RET can be used to enable
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1451 recentf at Emacs startup.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1452
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1453 M-x customize-variable RET recentf-menu-filter RET to specify a menu
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1454 filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the recent
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1455 file list can be displayed:
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1456
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1457 - organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1458 - sorted by file pathes, file names, ascending or descending.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1459 - showing pathes relative to the current default-directory
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1460
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1461 The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1462 dynamically change the menu appearance.
26030
c5e8559a53cb Add description of recentf.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26016
diff changeset
1463
26149
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
1464 *** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
1465 text.
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
1466
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1467 +++
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1468 *** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
26786
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
1469 of footnotes. It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
1470 specific to Message mode.
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
1471
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1472 +++
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1473 *** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1474 viewing/editing context diffs (patches). It is selected for files
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1475 with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1476
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1477 +++
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1478 *** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1479 interface to access directory servers using different directory
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1480 protocols. It has a separate manual.
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1481
28132
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
1482 *** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
1483 for Autoconf, selected automatically.
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
1484
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1485 +++
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1486 *** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
28855
1be9a502caca Cleaned some left over bogus conflict markers.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28854
diff changeset
1487
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1488 *** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1489 minibuffer with completion.
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1490
28883
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1491 *** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1492 with the diary features.
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1493
28912
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
1494 *** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
1495 numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
1496
29814
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
1497 *** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
1498 Fill mode.
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
1499
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 ** Withdrawn packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 *** mldrag.el has been removed. mouse.el provides the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
26133
5eb182b0c724 eval-reg removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26107
diff changeset
1504
27369
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
1505 *** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
1506
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
1507 *** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
29102
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1508
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1509
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1510 * Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1511 (Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1512
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1513 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1514 ** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1515 is running in batch mode. For example,
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1516
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1517 (message "%s" (read t))
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1518
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1519 will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1520 to standard output.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1521
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1522 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1523 ** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1524 `kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1525
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1526 ** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1527 will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1528 frame or window.
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1529
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1530 +++
30516
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1531 ** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1532 were added
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1533
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1534 - Function: remove ELT SEQ
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1535
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1536 Return a copy of SEQ with all occurences of ELT removed. SEQ must be
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1537 a list, vector, or string. The comparison is done with `equal'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1538
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1539 - Function: remq ELT LIST
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1540
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1541 Return a copy of LIST with all occurences of ELT removed. The
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1542 comparison is done with `eq'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1543
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1544 ** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
30511
2ac427297d38 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30502
diff changeset
1545
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1546 ** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1547 has been changed.
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1548
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1549 +++
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1550 ** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1551 without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string". It may
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1552 convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1553
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
1554 ** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
1555 or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
30203
34881d6fc1f6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30158
diff changeset
1556
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1557 ** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1558 function was declared obsolete.
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1559
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1560 ** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1561 retained as an alias).
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1562
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1563 ** Easy-menu's :filter now works as in XEmacs.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1564 It takes the unconverted (i.e. XEmacs) form of the menu and the result
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1565 is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1566
30038
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1567 ** The new function `window-list' has been defined
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1568
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1569 - Function: window-list &optional WINDOW MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1570
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1571 Return a list of windows in canonical order. The parameters WINDOW,
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1572 MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES are defined like for `next-window'.
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1573
30006
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1574 ** There's a new function `some-window' defined as follows
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1575
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1576 - Function: some-window PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1577
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1578 Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1579
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1580 This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1581 calling PREDICATE on each one. PREDICATE is called with a window as
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1582 argument. The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1583 value is returned. If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1584 returned.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1585
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1586 Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1587 if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1588 it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1589 minibuffer even if it is active.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1590
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1591 Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1592 counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1593 too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1594 and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1595 `walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1596 entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1597
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1598 ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1599 ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1600 ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1601 ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1602 ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1603 If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1604 Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1605
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1606 ** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1607 event names in angle brackets. When called with a second optional
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1608 argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
29657
cdef08609770 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29637
diff changeset
1609
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
1610 ** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
1611 call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
30290
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
1612 message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
1613 Default value is nil.
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
1614
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1615 ** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
29633
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
1616 meaning no limit.
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
1617
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1618 ** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1619 coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1620 DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1621
29286
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1622 ** The function `subr-arity' provides information on the argument list
29238
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
1623 of a primitive.
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
1624
29286
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1625 ** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1626 buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1627 This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1628 than replacing the local map.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1629
29381
580f03a746d8 find-image, {before,after}-change-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29286
diff changeset
1630 ** The obsolete variables before-change-function and
580f03a746d8 find-image, {before,after}-change-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29286
diff changeset
1631 after-change-function are no longer acted upon and have been removed.
29498
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
1632
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
1633 ** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
1634
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1635 +++
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
1636 ** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments, as
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
1637 promised long ago.
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
1638
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1639 ** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641 * Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 --- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647
30933
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1648 *** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1649 buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1650 the original restriction. Previously, doing this would cause the saved
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1651 restriction to be restored incorrectly.
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1652
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1653 *** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1654 `eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1655 when it finds 8-bit characters. Previously, it included `ascii' in a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1656 multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1657
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1658 *** The functions `set-buffer-modified', `string-as-multibyte' and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1659 `string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer if it
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1660 contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1661
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1662 *** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1663 changed. Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1664 [\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1665 regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+. Thus, if
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1666 the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1667 extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions. Now such extra
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1668 bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1669 eight-bit-graphic.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1670
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1671 ** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1672
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1673 A fontset can now be specified for for each independent character, for
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1674 a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1675 character set as previously.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1676
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1677 *** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1678 They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME. The function
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1679 modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1680
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1681 CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1682 characters. In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1683 range FROM and TO (inclusive). CHARACTER may be a charset. In that
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1684 case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1685
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1686 FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1687 name of a font and REGSITRY is a registry name of a font.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1688
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1689 *** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted. The default charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1690 registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1691 "fontset-default".
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1692
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1693 *** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1694 argument STYLE-VARIANT. It never creates style-variant fontsets.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1695
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1696 ** The method of composing characters is changed. Now character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1697 composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1698 buffers and strings.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1699
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1700 *** Charset composition is deleted. Emacs never creates a `composite
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1701 character' which is an independent character with a unique character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1702 code. Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1703 have been deleted: composite-char-component,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1704 composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1705 composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1706 The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1707 also been deleted.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1708
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1709 *** Three more glyph reference points are added. They can be used to
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1710 specify a composition rule. See the documentation of the variable
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1711 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1712
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1713 *** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1714 MODIFICATION-FUNC. With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1715 composition rule but also characters to be composed. Such characters
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1716 may differ between buffer and string text.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1717
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1718 *** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1719 COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1720
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1721 *** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1722 directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1723 Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1724 `composition' from STRING.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1725
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1726 *** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1727 a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1728
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1729 *** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1730 obsolete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1731
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1732 ** The new character set `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' is introduced for
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1733 Unicode characters of the range U+0100..U+24FF. Currently, this
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1734 character set is not used.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1735
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1736 ** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1737 `japanese-jisx0213-2' are introduced for the new Japanese standard JIS
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1738 X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1739
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1740 +++
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1741 ** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1742 are introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1743 0xA0..0xFF respectively.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1744
28883
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1745 +++
28847
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
1746 ** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
1747 that offset in the file before writing.
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
1748
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1749 ** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1750 compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
1751
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1752 ** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1753 `*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1754 from which the command was issued.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1755
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1756 ** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1757 `query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1758 `replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1759 additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1760 operate on.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1761
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1762 ** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1763 to `window-buffer-height'.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1764
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1765 - Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1766
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1767 Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1768 The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1769 lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1770
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1771 Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1772 respectively.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1773
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1774 If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optinal third argument
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1775 COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1776
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1777 The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1778 obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1779 on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1780
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1781 Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1782 buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1783 possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1784 is currently displayed in some window.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1785
28556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
1786 ** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
1787 argument function's results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
1788
28496
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
1789 ** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
1790 signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails.
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
1791
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1792 ** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1793 header is the list of headers passed to it.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1794
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1795 ** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1796 ignores differences in case and text representation.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1797
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1798 ** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
28323
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1799 cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer. Values are interpreted
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1800 as follows:
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1801
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1802 t use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1803 nil don't display a cursor
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1804 `bar' display a bar cursor with default width
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1805 (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1806 others display a box cursor.
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1807
28303
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1808 ** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1809 an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1810 defun. If set, the default, it is considered a defun start. If not
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1811 set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1812
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1813 ** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
28854
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
1814 specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1815 the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1816 text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1817
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1818 Example:
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1819
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1820 (string-to-syntax "()")
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1821 => (4 . 41)
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1822
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1823 ** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1824 other than 10.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1825
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1826 *** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1827 INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1828
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1829 #b1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1830 => 15
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1831 #b-1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1832 => -15
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1833
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1834 *** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1835
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1836 #o666
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1837 => 438
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1838
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1839 *** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1840
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1841 #xbeef
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1842 => 48815
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1843
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1844 *** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1845
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1846 #2R-111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1847 => -7
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1848 #25rah
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1849 => 267
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1850
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1851 ** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1852 the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
28037
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
1853 and isn't a string.
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
1854
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1855 ** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1856 a `function-documentation' property of that symbol. If it has a non-nil
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1857 value, the documentation is taken from that value. If the value is
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1858 not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1859
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1860 +++
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1861 ** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1862
28149
fd72698178e7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28140
diff changeset
1863 ** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1864 for a regexp in a string.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1865
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1866 ** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1867 `mouse-position-function'.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1868
27827
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
1869 ** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
1870 that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
1871
27820
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
1872 ** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
1873 Keywords are now always considered constants.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
1874
27770
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1875 +++
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1876 ** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1877 returns it.
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1878
27276
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
1879 ** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
1880 returned by function `recent-keys'.
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
1881
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1882 +++
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1883 ** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1884 can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1885 Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding M-C-a
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1886 etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1887 mode.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1888
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1889 +++
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1890 ** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1891 and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1892
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1893 +++
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1894 ** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1895 has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1896 function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not. If it
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1897 returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1898 been performed."
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1899
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1900 When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1901 and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1902 hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1903 then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1904
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1905 +++
26737
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1906 ** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1907 In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1908 and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1909
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1910 +++
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1911 ** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1912 with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1913 specified table.
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1914
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1915 (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1916
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1917 Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
26541
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
1918 TABLE. The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
1919 saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
1920 what BODY returns.
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1921
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1922 +++
27693
d8bedafef8d5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27644
diff changeset
1923 ** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
28063
f1b33463506d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28051
diff changeset
1924 Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1925
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1926 +++
26397
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
1927 ** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
1928 removed since it wasn't used by anything.
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
1929
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1930 +++
26360
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
1931 ** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
1932 instead of being optional.
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
1933
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1934 +++
26277
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
1935 ** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
1936 modify read-only text.
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
1937
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1938 +++
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1939 ** New functions and variables for locales.
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1940
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1941 The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1942 decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1943 time functions like strftime. The new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1944 `system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1945 locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1946
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1947 The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1948 environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1949 the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1950 environment variables. Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1951 not be invoked thereafter. It uses the new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1952 `locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1953 `locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1954
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1955 +++
26107
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1956 ** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1957 To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1958 modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1959 start sequences.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1960
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1961 +++
25910
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
1962 ** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
1963 because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
1964
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1965 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 ** New function `propertize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 strings with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 - Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 by PROPERTIES. PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 specified value of that property. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978 (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 ** push and pop macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1983 Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1984 are now defined in Emacs Lisp. These macros allow only symbols
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 as the place that holds the list to be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 (push NEWELT LISTNAME) add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 (pop LISTNAME) return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1991 ** New dolist and dotimes macros.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1992
27387
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
1993 Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
1994 are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1995
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1996 (dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1997 Execute body once for each element of LIST,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1998 using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1999 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2000
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2001 (dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2002 Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2003 inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2004 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2005
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 ** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 as [:alpha:], [:space:] and so on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 [:digit:] matches 0 through 9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 [:cntrl:] matches ASCII control characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 [:xdigit:] matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 [:blank:] matches space and tab only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 [:graph:] matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 space, and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 [:print:] matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 [:alnum:] matches letters and digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 [:alpha:] matches letters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 [:ascii:] matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 [:nonascii:] matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 [:lower:] matches anything lower-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 [:punct:] matches punctuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 [:space:] matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 [:upper:] matches anything upper-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 [:word:] matches anything that has word syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 ** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 The following functions are defined for hash tables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 - Function: make-hash-table ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs. All arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 are optional. The following arguments are defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 :test TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys. Default is `eql'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'. If TEST is not predefined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 :size SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 many elements will be put in the hash table. Default size is 65.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 :rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 full. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059 size to get the new size. Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 old size. Default rehash size is 1.5.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063 :rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 hash table. It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 (size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD. Default threshold is 0.8.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 :weakness WEAK
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2071 WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2072 `key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2073 `key-and-value'. Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2074 collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2075 outside of the hash table. Default are non-weak hash tables.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 - Function: makehash &optional TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 - Function: hash-table-p TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 - Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 Returns a copy of TABLE. Only the table itself is copied, keys and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 values are shared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 - Function: hash-table-count TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 - Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 Returns the size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
2106 - Function: hash-table-test TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 - Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 - Function: clrhash TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 Clear TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 - Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2123 - Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE. If KEY is already associated with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 - Function: remhash KEY TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130 Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 - Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE. FUNCTION must take two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 arguments KEY and VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 - Function: sxhash OBJ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 - Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 Define a new hash table test named NAME. If NAME is specified as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2145 comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys. Test
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 code of the argument. The function should use the whole range of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 (sxhash (upcase a)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2164 (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 'case-fold-string-hash))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 ** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 circular structures. For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174 a cons cell which is its own cdr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 ** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 #N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 ** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 is too short to reach that column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 ** perform-replace has a new feature: the REPLACEMENTS argument may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA). This means to call FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 after each match to get the replacement text. FUNCTION is called with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 ** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 to specify which buffer to return the size of.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 ** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 calendar-move-hook after moving point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 ** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 small. (Certain Emacs features use this directory.) If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 temporary-file-directory instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 ** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 the hooks that track changes in the buffer. This affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 ** assoc-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 elements of an alist which have a particular value as the car.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 ** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 creates the file before it returns. This prevents a timing error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 ** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW. If non-nil, it insists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 to get an error if the file exists at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 ** Function `format' now handles text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 string where arguments appear in the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 (s2 "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2262 (format s1 s2))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 ** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 argument in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 (arg "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 (message msg arg))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 ** Sound support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 (Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 (*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 to enable sound support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND). SOUND is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'. The function is only defined
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 sound to play, before playing the sound.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 The following sound properties are supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 - `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 FILE is a file name. If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 searched relative to `data-directory'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301
27148
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2302 - `:data DATA'
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2303
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2304 DATA is a string containing sound data. Either :file or :data
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2305 may be present, but not both.
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2306
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307 - `:volume VOLUME'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 0..1. This property is optional.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 Other properties are ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 ** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
26933
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
2315
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
2316 ** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
2317 a keyword symbol.
27145
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2318
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2319 ** Changes to garbage collection
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2320
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2321 *** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2322 of live and free strings.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2323
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2324 *** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2325 strings that have been consed so far.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2326
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2328 * Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2329 Lisp Manual
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2330
31220
e947c5224fc0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31183
diff changeset
2331 *** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.
e947c5224fc0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31183
diff changeset
2332
30222
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
2333 +++
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
2334 ** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
29939
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2335
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2336 ** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2337 image.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2338
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2339 - Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2340
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2341 Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2342
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2343 SPEC is an image specification. PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2344 measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2345 character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2346 font). FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2347 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2348
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
2349 +++
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2350 ** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2351 satisfying one of a list of specifications.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2352
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2353 +++
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2354 ** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2355 optional.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2356
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
2357 +++
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
2358 ** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
2359 below).
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2360
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2361
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 * New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 --- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368
28634
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2369 ** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2370 to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2371
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2372 Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2373 text in brighter colors. On such a console, a bold black foreground
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2374 is displayed in a gray color. If this turns out to be hard to read on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2375 your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2376 laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2377 just display it black instead.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2378
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2379 This situation can't be detected automatically. You will have to put
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2380 a line like
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2381
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2382 (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2383
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2384 in your `.emacs'.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2385
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 ** New face implementation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch. They don't use XLFD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392 *** New faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 Each face can specify the following display attributes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 1. Font family or fontset alias name.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2397
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2400
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 3. Font height in 1/10pt
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2402
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2404
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405 5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2406
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 6. Foreground color.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2408
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 7. Background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 frames. Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 faces. The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each each of the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 attributes mentioned above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'. Face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 created frames.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2435
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 A face doesn't have to specify all attributes. Those not specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 have a nil value. Faces specifying all attributes are called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 `fully-specified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 *** Face merging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 combining several faces. This process is called `face merging'. Any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 properties is taken from the `default' face. Since it is made sure
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 results in a fully-specified face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 *** Face realization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 available on the system where Emacs runs. The result is a `realized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 cache of the frame on which it was realized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460 Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 for different charsets. In other words, for characters of different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466 specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 being realized specifies a fontset. The reason is that the result of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 `char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 0x7f. The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 the variable `face-default-registry' in this case. The variable is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 `enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 registry and encoding `face-default-registry'. This is consistent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 ++++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 **** Clearing face caches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 on all frames. If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 unused fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 *** Font selection.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2492
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 given (charset, face) combination. This is done slightly differently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 family, a font pattern is constructed. Charset symbols have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500 property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 against the font pattern. The result of font selection is the best
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 match for the given face attributes in this font list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 Font selection can be influenced by the user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510 attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 names. The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 Setting `face-alternative-font-family-alist' allows the user to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 specify alternative font families to try if a family specified by a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 face doesn't exist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 **** Scalable fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524 Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 servers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 To enable scalable font use, set the variable
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2529 `scalable-fonts-allowed'. A value of nil, the default, means never use
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530 scalable fonts. A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 that list. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 *** Functions and variables related to font selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 - Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 of the face font sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2559 - Function: x-font-family-list
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 (FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 - Variable: font-list-limit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568 Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 matching font. The default is currently 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 *** Setting face attributes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576 with the old one. Old face attribute related functions are now
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578 `face-attribute'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 symbols. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 The following attributes are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585 `:family'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 and `?' are allowed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 `:width'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 `condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 `extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 `:height'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2599
31183
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2600 VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2601 in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2602 scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2603 height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 `:weight'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609 `semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 `:slant'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 `reverse-oblique'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 `:foreground', `:background'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 VALUE must be a color name, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621 `:underline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624 VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 don't underline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 `:overline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 overline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 `:strike-through'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 `:box'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648 and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 :color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651 the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 defaults to 1. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657 like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 `:inverse-video'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 `:stipple'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 `:font'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 versions of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687 be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690 Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 `defface'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692
31183
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2693 `:inherit'
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2694
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2695 VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2696 of face names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2697 like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2698
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 *** Face attributes and X resources
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 from X resources:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 Face attribute X resource class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 :family attributeFamily . Face.AttributeFamily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707 :width attributeWidth Face.AttributeWidth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 :height attributeHeight Face.AttributeHeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 :weight attributeWeight Face.AttributeWeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 :slant attributeSlant Face.AttributeSlant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 foreground attributeForeground Face.AttributeForeground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 :background attributeBackground . Face.AttributeBackground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713 :overline attributeOverline Face.AttributeOverline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 :strike-through attributeStrikeThrough Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715 :box attributeBox Face.AttributeBox
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716 :underline attributeUnderline Face.AttributeUnderline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717 :inverse-video attributeInverse Face.AttributeInverse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 :stipple attributeStipple Face.AttributeStipple
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2719 or attributeBackgroundPixmap
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720 Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722 :bold attributeBold Face.AttributeBold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 :italic attributeItalic . Face.AttributeItalic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727 *** Text property `face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 specification or a list of such specifications. Each face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 specification can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 for that attribute. Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 for face attribute names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 ** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2747 The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2748 on TTY and MSDOS frames. It maps a color name to a color number on
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2749 the terminal. Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 default. You can get defined colors with a call to
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2751 `defined-colors'. The function `tty-color-clear' can be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 used to clear the mapping table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2754 ** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2755
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2756 The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2757 and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame. On frames whose
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2758 type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2759 color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2760 display. Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2761 old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2762 `x-display-color-p'. (The old function names are still available for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2763 compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.) Lisp programs
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2764 should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2765 modify their color-related behavior.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2766
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2767 The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2768 any frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2769
27573
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2770 ** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2771
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2772 The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2773 `display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2774 `display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2775 `display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2776 `display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2777 `display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2778 display. Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2779 the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2780 platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2781
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 ** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2784
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 The function minubuffer-prompt-end returns the current position of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 Otherwise, it returns zero.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2791 ** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2792
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2793 There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2794 buffers. A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2795 property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2796
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2797 Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2798 forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2799 to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2800 not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
27144
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2801 commands continue into the next field if repeated. Stopping at field
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2802 boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2803 `inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2804 functions.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2805
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2806 Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2807 a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2808 editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2810 The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2811
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2812 - Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2813
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2814 Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2815
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2816 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2817 If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2818 constrained position if that is is different.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2819
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2820 If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2821 positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2822 ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2823 constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2824 as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2825 is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2826 fields. Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2827 the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2828 also considered to be `on the boundary'.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2829
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2830 If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2831 NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2832 unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2833 C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2834 only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2835
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2836 If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2837 a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2838
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2839 Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2840
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2841 - Function: delete-field &optional POS
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2842
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2843 Delete the field surrounding POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2844 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2845 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2846
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2847 - Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2848
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2849 Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2850 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2851 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2852 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2853 field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2854
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2855 - Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2856
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2857 Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2858 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2859 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2860 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2861 then the end of the *following* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2862
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2863 - Function: field-string &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2864
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2865 Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2866 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2867 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2868
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2869 - Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2870
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2871 Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2872 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2873 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2874
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 ** Image support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 Emacs can now display images. Images are inserted into text by giving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 (AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE. The display of the `display' property value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 replaces the display of the characters having that property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 `(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889 IMAGE is an image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 *** Image specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893 Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols. Each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
26403
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
2896 symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'. Properties not
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
2897 described below are ignored.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 The following is a list of properties all image types share.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 `:ascent ASCENT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2903 ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2904 If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
2905 to use for its ascent.
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2906
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2907 If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2908 image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2909
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
2910 If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2911 centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2912 of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2913 overlays that apply to the image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 `:margin MARGIN'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2917 MARGIN must be a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put as
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 margin around the image. Default is 0.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920 `:relief RELIEF'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922 RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces. Puts a relief
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923 around an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925 `:algorithm ALGO'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927 Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it. ALGO must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2928 be a symbol specifying the algorithm. Currently only `laplace' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929 supported which applies a Laplace edge detection algorithm to an image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930 which is intended to display images "disabled."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932 `:heuristic-mask BG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2934 If BG is not nil, build a clipping mask for the image, so that the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2935 background of a frame is visible behind the image. If BG is t,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2936 determine the background color of the image by looking at the 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2937 corners of the image, assuming the most frequently occuring color from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2938 the corners is the background color of the image. Otherwise, BG must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2939 be a list `(RED GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2940 background of the image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2942 `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2944 Load image from FILE. If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2945 search for the image in `data-directory'. Some image types support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2946 building images from data. When this is done, no `:file' property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2947 may be present in the image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2948
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2949 `:data DATA'
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2950
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2951 Get image data from DATA. (As of this writing, this is not yet
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2952 supported for image type `postscript'). Either :file or :data may be
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2953 present in an image specification, but not both. All image types
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2954 support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2955
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2956 *** Supported image types
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2957
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2958 **** XBM, image type `xbm'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2960 XBM images don't require an external library. Additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2961 properties supported are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963 `:foreground FG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2965 FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color. Default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2966 is the frame's foreground.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2968 `:background FG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color. Default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971 the frame's background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2973 XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file. In this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2974 case, the image specification must contain the following properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975 instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2977 `:width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2979 WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2981 `:height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2983 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 `:data DATA'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987 DATA must be either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2989 1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2990 have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2992 2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2994 3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2995 bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2996
28748
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
2997 4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file. Neither width nor
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
2998 height may be specified in this case because these are defined
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
2999 in the file.
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3000
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3001 **** XPM, image type `xpm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3003 XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3004 `xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later. Make sure the library is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3005 found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3006 `--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3008 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010 `:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3012 SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3013 name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3014 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3016 XPM images can be built from memory instead of files. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3017 add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3019 The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3020 to display compressed images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3022 **** PBM, image type `pbm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3024 PBM images don't require an external library. Color, gray-scale and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3025 mono images are supported. There are no additional image properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3026 defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3028 **** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3030 Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
27055
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
3031 package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later. Additional image properties
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
3032 are:
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
3033
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3034 **** TIFF, image type `tiff'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3036 Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3037 package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3038 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3040 **** GIF, image type `gif'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042 Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3043 `libungif-4.1.0', or later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3045 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3047 `:index INDEX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3049 INDEX must be an integer >= 0. Load image number INDEX from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3050 multi-image GIF file. An error is signalled if INDEX is too large.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3052 This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3053 For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3054 at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3055 every 0.1 seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3057 (defun show-anim (file max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3058 "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3059 (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3061 (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3062 (when (= idx max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063 (setq idx 0))
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
3064 (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3065 (save-excursion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066 (set-buffer buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067 (goto-char (point-min))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068 (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069 (insert-image img "x"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070 (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3072 **** PNG, image type `png'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074 Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3075 package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078 **** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 `:pt-width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084 WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch). WIDTH must be an
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
3085 integer. This is a required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 `:pt-height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch). HEIGHT
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
3090 must be a integer. This is an required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 `:bounding-box BOX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094 BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3095 the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 files. This is an required property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099 lisp/gs.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101 *** Lisp interface.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3103 The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3104 which are supported in the current configuration.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106 Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107 they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3108 The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
28759
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
3109 manually. Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
3110 images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112 *** Simplified image API, image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114 The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3115 creation and putting images into text. The function `create-image'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 can be used to create images. The macro `defimage' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117 define an image based on available image types. The functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118 `put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119 buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3121 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3122 ** Display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124 Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 and images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127 To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128 `left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129 `set-window-margins'. The function `window-margins' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 obtain the current settings. To make `left-margin-width' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131 `right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133 of the display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136 containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137 one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil. VALUE can be either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 in this file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 ** Help display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145 moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 `help-echo'. This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 that have a `help-echo' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3149 If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
30305
84ff1994e9d1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30296
diff changeset
3150 is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION. WINDOW is
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3151 the window in which the help was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3152
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3153 If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3154 `help-echo' text property was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3155
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3156 If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3157 POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3158
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3159 If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
3160 the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3161 mouse.
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3162
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3163 If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3164 string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3165
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3166 For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3167 determine the help to display. If their definition contains a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3168 property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3169 For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3170 used as help string.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
3173 the help string differently. For example, enabling a tooltip window
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
3174 causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 ** Vertical fractional scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183 scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184 The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185 scrolling value. Here is an example of how these function might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186 used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3188 (global-set-key [A-down]
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3189 #'(lambda ()
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3191 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192 (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3193 (global-set-key [A-up]
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194 #'(lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3196 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197 (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 ** New hook `fontification-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set. Each function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 is called with one argument, POS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208 characters starting at POS in the current buffer. It should mark them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210 property. It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 `fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214 ** Tool bar support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. The frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217 parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar. A zero value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219 suppresses the tool bar. If the value is non-zero and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220 `auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221 automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
3223 before this facility can be useful, we need people to donate icons.
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
3224
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225 *** Tool bar item definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227 Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 `tool-bar'. For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229 where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3230
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231 CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232 evaluated to get a string. The caption is currently not displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233 the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 property (see below).
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3235
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236 BINDING is the tool bar item's binding. Tool bar items with keymaps as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 binding are currently ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239 The following properties are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241 `:enable FORM'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3242
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 or disabled.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3245
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 `:visible FORM'
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3247
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3249
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 `:filter FUNCTION'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 FUNCTION is specified as the filter. The value FUNCTION returns is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 used instead of BINDING to display this item.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3255
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 `:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'. SELECTED is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3260
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 `:image IMAGES'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264 image specifications. If it is a vector, this table lists the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 meaning of each of the four elements:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 Index Use when item is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 ----------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 0 enabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270 1 enabled and deselected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271 2 disabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 3 disabled and deselected
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3273
28946
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
3274 If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
3275 algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
3276
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 `:help HELP-STRING'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3278
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279 Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item. This help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282 *** Tool-bar-related variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284 If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285 resize to show all defined tool bar items. It will never grow larger
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3286 than 1/4 of the frame's size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3287
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3288 If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289 raised when the mouse moves over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291 You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 `tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 pixels. Default is 1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296 `tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer. Default is 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 *** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300 You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3301 a tool bar item. If
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303 (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304 '(menu-item "Shell" shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 is the original tool bar item definition, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311 makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314 ** Mode line changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317 *** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319 The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 that have a `local-map' text property. There are three ways to display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 a `local-map' text property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329 3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'. FORM
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 is evaluated. If the result is a string, and that string has a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 properties of strings in the mode line. See `bindings.el' for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336
26359
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
3337 *** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
3338 evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
3339
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 *** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342 variable mode-line-format to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345 *** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348 `header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349 completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 `default-mode-line-format'. A value of nil means don't display a top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351 line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 `header-line'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356 The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357 position in the header-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 ** Text property `display'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362 The `display' text property is used to insert images into text, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363 also control other aspects of how text displays. The value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 `display' property should be a display specification, as described
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365 below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367 *** Variable width and height spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369 To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370 specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'. If LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3371 `(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372 area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373 marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3374 displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375 simpler form STRETCH as property value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377 The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379 properties described below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381 The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382 characters having the `display' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384 - :width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386 Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387 character width. WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389 - :relative-width FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3391 Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3392 first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393 same `display' property. The computation is done by multiplying the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394 width of that character by FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3396 - :align-to HPOS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3398 Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403 - :height HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3405 Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406 normal line height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408 - :relative-height FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3410 The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411 of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 - :ascent ASCENT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416 used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 baseline. The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 equal to 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422 *** Images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424 A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 . IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification. The image replaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426 in the display, the characters having this display specification in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 their `display' text property. If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428 the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 `(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430 area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431 the text. In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432 as display specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434 *** Other display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436 - :space-width FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439 should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440 integer or float.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 - :height HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444 Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446 If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447 means to use a font that is N steps larger. If HEIGHT is a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3448 the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3449 ``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3450 a font is available counts as a step.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3452 If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3453 as tall as the frame's default font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3455 If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3456 height as argument. The function should return the new height to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3458 Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3459 `height' bound to the current specified font height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3461 - :raise FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464 font's height. If it is positive, that means to display the characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465 raised. If it is negative, that means to display them lower down. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466 amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 `:height' subproperty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 *** Conditional display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471 All display specifications can be conditionalized. If a specification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 has the form `(:when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473 applies only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 During evaluattion, point is temporarily set to the end position of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 the text having the `display' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478 `(:when t SPEC)'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481 ** New menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483 Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type. Menu items with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484 item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485 treated like before. In addition, the following item names are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 to specify other menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488 - `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490 No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 separator occurs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 - `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 A single line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 - `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 A double line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 - `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 - `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507 A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 - `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511 A single line with 3D sunken appearance. This is the the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514 - `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516 A single line with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 - `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522 - `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 - `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 - `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532 Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 - `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538 - `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540 Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542 Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543 the corresponding single-line separators.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 ** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548 The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549 `scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550 Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 that scroll bars should use a default color. For toolkit scroll bars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 default colors are toolkit specific. For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553 default background is the background color of the frame, and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554 default foreground is black.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556 The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3557 (class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3558 `ScrollBarBackground').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560 Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561 settings for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564 ** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565 display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567 ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 ** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569 starts on a continuation line. The new window start is computed based
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572 the original window start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575 ** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576 `hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580 ** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583 `window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil. A value of `height' makes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584 windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3585 other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3587 The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3588 fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3590 (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3592 A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3593 fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594 window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596 temporarily to nil, for example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598 (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3599 (enlarge-window 10))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3600
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3601 Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3602 or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
28094
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3603
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3604 ** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3605 terminals. When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3606 to a solid box, as it does on Unix. The `cursor-type' frame parameter
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3607 overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3608 horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3609 support a vertical-bar cursor).
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
3610
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3611
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3612 ^L
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3613 * Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3614
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3615 ** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3616 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3617
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3618 ** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3619
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3620 ** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3621
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3622 ** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3623 only for character input, but also in incremental search. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3624 exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3625 (e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3626 (e.g. iso-2022-jp). They are ignored in incremental search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3627
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3628 ** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3629 been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3630
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3631 ^L
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3632 * Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3633
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3634 ** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3635
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3636 ^L
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3637 * Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3638
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3639 ** Not new, but not mentioned before:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3640 M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3642 * Changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3643
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3644 ** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3645
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3646 You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3647 Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'. If you use the name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3648 `.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3649
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3650 If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3651 is the one that is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3652
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3653 ** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3654 the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3655 Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3656 separate from the command's regular output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3657 Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3658 says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3659 In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3660 the buffer name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3661
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3662 When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3663 output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3664 it from the previous batch of error output. The error buffer is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3665 cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3666
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3667 ** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3668 the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3669 is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3670 created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3671
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3672 ** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names. For
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3673 example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3674 match c*.c. To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3675 quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3676
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3677 ** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3678 now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3679 if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3680 they never ignore case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3681
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3682 ** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3683 under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3684 applies to all operating systems. Emacs recognizes from the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3685 of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3686 just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3687 convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing. This is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3688 part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3689
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3690 If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3691 the same format that was used in the file before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3692
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3693 You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3694 `inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3695
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3696 ** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3697 renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3698 This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3699
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3700 ** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3701 The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3702 buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3703 your operating system. For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3704 is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems. The usual
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3705 end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3706 Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3707
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3708 The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3709 eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3710 control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3711 format. You can now customize these variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3713 ** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3714 filename contained non-ASCII characters. Now this is fixed. Such a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3715 filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3716 enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3717
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3718 ** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3719 in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3720 windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3721
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3722 ** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3723 dynamic-completion-mode to enable it. Just loading the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3724 doesn't have any effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3725
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3726 ** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3727 not one per buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3728
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3729 ** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3730 use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3731 (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3732
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3733 ** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3734 To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3735 `auto-show-mode' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3737 ** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3738 avoid redisplay problems. As a consequence, compared with previous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3739 versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3740 choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line. This change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3741 occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3742
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3743 ** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3744 cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3745
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3746 ** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3747 character set specified in the message. If you want to disable this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3748 feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3749
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3750 ** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3751 the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3752 interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3753 and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3754
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3755 ** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3756
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3757 The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3758 that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3759 one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3760 codepage. For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3761 set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3762
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3763 Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3764 from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3765
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3766 IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3767 equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3768 a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3769 `?' on other systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3770
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3771 IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3772 feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3773 Unix.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3774
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3775 Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3776 current codepage when it starts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3777
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3778 ** Mail changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3779
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3780 *** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3781 `mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3782 appropriate MIME headers are added. The headers are added only if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3783 non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3784 MIME headers are already present. For example, the following three
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3785 headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3786 latin-1:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3787
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3788 MIME-version: 1.0
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3789 Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3790 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3791
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3792 *** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3793 default way to encode outgoing mail. This has higher priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3794 default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3795 sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3796 buffer-file-coding-system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3797
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3798 You should not set this variable manually. Instead, set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3799 sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3800 mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3801
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3802 *** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3803 if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3804 Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3805 list of possible coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3806
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3807 ** CC Mode changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3808
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3809 *** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3810 modes to style names. When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3811 longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style. See the variable's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3812 docstring for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3813
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3814 *** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3815 symbol. The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3816 found. This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3817 prioritized order on a single line. However, none of the supplied
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3818 lineup functions use this feature currently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3819
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3820 *** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3821 "finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3822
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3823 *** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3824 "catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3825
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3826 *** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3827 from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode. Two new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3828 symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3829 c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3830 anonymous classes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3831
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3832 *** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3833 syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3834
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3835 *** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3836 inexpr-class. New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3837 support and gcc-style statements inside expressions. New lineup
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3838 function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3839
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3840 *** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3841 (i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3842 brace. These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3843 c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3844 (brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3845
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3846 *** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3847
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3848 *** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3849
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3850 *** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3851 for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3852
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3853 *** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3854
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3855 *** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol. The indentation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3856 associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3857 This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3858 circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3859 class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3860
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3861 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3862
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3863 *** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3864 added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3865 Gnus manual for the full story.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3866
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3867 *** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3868 before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3869 group, which is created automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3870
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3871 *** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3872 values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3873
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3874 *** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3875
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3876 *** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3877 outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3878
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3879 *** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3880 `C-u C-c C-c'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3881
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3882 *** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3884 *** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3885 re-highlighting of the article buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3886
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3887 *** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3888
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3889 *** `M-i' symbolic prefix command. See the section "Symbolic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3890 Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3891
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3892 *** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3893 `a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3894
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3895 *** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3896 control over simplification.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3897
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3898 *** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3899
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3900 *** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3901 limit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3902
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3903 *** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3904
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3905 *** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3906
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3907 *** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3908 If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3909 rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3910
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3911 *** Cancelling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3912 `a' forces normal posting method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3913
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3914 *** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3915 -- `W d'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3916
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3917 *** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3918 to a non-nil value.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3919
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3920 *** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3921 where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3923 *** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3924 has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3925
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3926 *** A history of where mails have been split is available.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3927
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3928 *** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3929
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3930 *** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3931 `gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3932
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3933 *** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3934 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3935
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3936 *** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3937
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3938 *** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3939 been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3940
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3941 *** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3942 `gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3943
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3944 *** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3945 updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3946
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3947 *** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3948
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3949 *** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3950
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3951 *** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3952
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3953 ** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3954
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3955 *** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3956 options for the TeX run. The default value causes TeX to run in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3957 nonstopmode. For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3958
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3959 *** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell. In a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3960 TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3961 of these keys may not work on all systems). For instance, if you run
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3962 TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3963 can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3964
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3965 *** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3966 All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3967 but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell. Thus you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3968 the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3969
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3970 *** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3971 the matching of braces and $'s. The errors are listed in a *Occur*
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3972 buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3973 mismatch.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3974
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3975 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3976
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3977 *** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3978 file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3979
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3980 *** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3981 lowercase by default. To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3982 characters will lose their accent. All Mule characters will be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3983 removed from the label.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3984
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3985 *** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3986 a window instead of the echo area. See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3987
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3988 *** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3989 customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3990
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3991 *** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3992 `reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3993 expressions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3994
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3995 *** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3996
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3997 ** New/deleted modes and packages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3998
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3999 *** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4000 SNMPv2 MIBs. It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4001
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4002 *** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4003 editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4004 SQL interpreters. It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4005
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4006 *** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4007 changes with a special face.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4008
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4009 *** ispell4.el has been deleted. It got in the way of ispell.el and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4010 this was hard to fix reliably. It has long been obsolete -- use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4011 Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4012
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4013 * MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4014
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4015 ** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4016 This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4017 conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4018 and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup. For details,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4019 check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4020
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4021 The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4022 Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4023 distribution when the config.bat script is run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4024
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4025 ** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4026 MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4027 controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4028 directly to a printer port. Similarly, in the previous version of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4029 Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4030 on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4031 string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4032 program is used. (These changes were made so that configuration of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4033 printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4034
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4035 ** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4036 output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4037 available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4038 input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4039 temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4040 program.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4041
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4042 An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4043 and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware. For both of these
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4044 programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4045 automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4046 as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4047 ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4048
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4049 ** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4050 a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4051 MS-DOS and MS-Windows only. This has been true since version 20.3, but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4052 was not documented clearly before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4053
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4054 ** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4055 This includes Tetris and Snake.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4056
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4057 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4058
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4059 ** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4060 return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4061 They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4062 meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4063
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4064 ** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4065 WILDCARD. If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4066 and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4067
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4068 ** Changes in the file-attributes function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4069
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4070 *** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4071 It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4072
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4073 *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4074 the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4075 integers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4076
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4077 ** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4078 files in a directory and their attributes. It accepts the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4079 arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4080 file names and attributes are returned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4081
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4082 ** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4083 sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes. It
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4084 accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its atttributes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4085 It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4086 returns the result.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4087
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4088 ** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4089 to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4090
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4091 ** New functions for base64 conversion:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4092
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4093 The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4094 into the base64 code used in MIME. base64-decode-region
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4095 performs the opposite conversion. Line-breaking is supported
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4096 optionally.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4097
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4098 Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4099 job on the text in a string. They return the value as a new string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4100
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4101 **
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4102 The new function process-running-child-p
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4103 will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4104 terminal to its own child process.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4105
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4106 ** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4107 when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4108 to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4109 itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4110
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4111 ** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4112 be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4113
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4114 ** easymenu.el Now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4115 :included is an alias for :visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4116
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4117 easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4118 easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p. This can be used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4119 to move or copy menu entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4121 ** Multibyte editing changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4122
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4123 *** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed. Now, sref is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4124 an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1. This change is to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4125 make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4126 work on the latest Emacs. Such code uses a combination of sref and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4127 char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4128 (setq char (sref str idx)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4129 idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4130 The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4131
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4132 If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4133 (say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4134 (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4135
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4136 *** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4137 region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4138 deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4139
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4140 Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibitted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4141
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4142 This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4143 across the boundary.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4144
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4145 *** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4146 `unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4147 o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4148 contains 8-bit characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4149 o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4150 contains invalid characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4151
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4152 *** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4153 text properties of the target region. Ideally, they should correctly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4154 preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard. Removing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4155 text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4156 way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4157
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4158 *** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4159 If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4160 end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4161 prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4162
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4163 *** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4164 compose Thai characters in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4165
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4166 ** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4167 argument NAME, which should be a string. It supplies the menu name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4168 for the created keymap. Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4169 menus should always use the third argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4171 ** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4172 read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped. Now the second
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4173 arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. These functions use the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4174 input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4175
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4176 ** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4177 of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns. This is useful in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4178 programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4179 inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4180
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4181 ** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4182 the echo area, while executing some Lisp code. Like `progn', it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4183 returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4184 echo area contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4186 (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4187
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4188 ** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4189 NOERROR. If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4190 requested feature cannot be loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4191
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4192 ** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4193 foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4194 means to clear out that attribute.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4195
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4196 ** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4197 gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4198
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4199 ** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4200 read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4201 unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4202 end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4203
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4204 ** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4205 the gap of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4206
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4207 ** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4208 to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4209 current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4210
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4211 ** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4212 facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4213 These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4214 it back in after any modifications have been made.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4215
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4216 * Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4217
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4218 ** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4219 the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4220 /usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4221 directories themselves. Both immediate subdirectories and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4222 subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4223
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4224 Not all subdirectories are included, though. Subdirectories whose
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4225 names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4226 Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded. Also, a subdirectory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4227 which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded. You can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4228 these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4229
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4230 Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4231 starts up. While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4232 time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4233
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4234 This feature is an incompatible change. If you have stored some Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4235 Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4236 to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4237 subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4238 `.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4239 results.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4240
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4241 ** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4242 GCC. This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4243 that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4244 fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4245
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4246 * Changes in Emacs 20.3
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4247
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4248 ** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4249 including its argument. If you repeat the z afterward,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4250 it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4251 perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4252
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4253 ** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4254 specified region. To do this, set point and mark around the desired
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4255 region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_). You can then continue undoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4256 further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4257 command C-x u or C-_. This will keep undoing changes that were made
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4258 within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4259 are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4260 region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4261
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4262 In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4263 selective undo.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4264
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4265 ** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4266 unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4267 buffer. Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4268 effect. The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4269 Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4270
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4271 The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4272 though. If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4273 -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. That will force Emacs to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4274 load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4275
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4276 ** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4277 no longer appears in the menu bar. We've realized that changing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4278 enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4279 something that most users not do.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4281 ** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4282 operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4283 The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4284 applications.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4285
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4286 C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4287 pasting operations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4288
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4289 ** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4290 setting the variable `printer-name'. Just what a printer name looks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4291 like depends on your operating system. You can specify a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4292 printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4293 `ps-printer-name'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4294
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4295 ** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4296 minor mode. It is called M-x flyspell-mode. You don't have to remember
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4297 any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4298 except when you make a spelling error. Flyspell works by highlighting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4299 incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4300 hits a new word.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4301
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4302 Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4303 Ispell in Emacs. In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4304 to be confused by TeX commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4305
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4306 You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4307 correct. You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4308 clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4309 of various alternative replacements and actions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4310
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4311 Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections. M-TAB replaces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4312 the current misspelled word with a possible correction. If several
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4313 corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4314 alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4315 flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4316
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4317 Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4318 flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4319
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4320 ** Changes in input method usage.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4321
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4322 Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4323 the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4324 respectively.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4325
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4326 You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4327
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4328 If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4329 of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4330
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4331 The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4332 that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4333
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4334 If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4335
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4336 If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4337
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4338 If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4339 when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4340
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4341 If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4342 given in the following case:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4343 o When you are using a complex input method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4344 o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4346 If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4347 input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4348 and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4349 setting it to t is helpful.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4350
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4351 The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4352
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4353 In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4354 keys:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4355 Shift-SPC toggle-korean-input-method
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4356 C-F9 quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4357 F9 quail-hangul-switch-hanja
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4358 These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4359 environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4360
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4361 ** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4362 names, not the entire minibuffer input. For example, if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4363 minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4364 get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4365
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4366 /usr/foo//etc/passwd
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4367
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4368 which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4369
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4370 Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4371 Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4372
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4373 ** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4374 at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4375 its owner and group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4376
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4377 ** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4378 Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4379
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4380 ** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4381 contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4382
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4383 ** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4384 which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4385 in all the lines on a rectangle. The column is specified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4386 by the left edge of the rectangle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4387
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4388 ** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4389 increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4390 C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG. This is useful
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4391 for writing keyboard macros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4393 ** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4394 files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4395 frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4396 the frame that it was started from. Some major modes define
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4397 additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4398 info.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4399
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4400 ** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4401
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4402 ** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4403 query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4404 contents only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4405
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4406 ** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4407 confirmation before overwriting an existing file. When you call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4408 the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4409 says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4410
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4411 ** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4412 non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4413 literally. If you say no, it signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4414
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4415 ** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4416 now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4417 Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4418 inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4419
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4420 ** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4421 failure if the command produces no output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4422
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4423 ** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4424 manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4425 the mouse.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4426
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4427 ** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4428 mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4429 function and variable names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4430
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4431 ** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4432 reading specific files. This has higher priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4433 file-coding-system-alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4434
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4435 ** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4436 t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4437 converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4438 the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4439 according to the current fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4440
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4441 ** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4442
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4443 The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4444 that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4445 nonascii-insert-offset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4446
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4447 For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4448 enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4449 nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4450 characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4451
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4452 ** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4453 an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4454
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4455 ** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4456 letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4457
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4458 ** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4459 are inferred and hyperlinked. Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4460 command keys.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4461
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4462 ** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4463 user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4464
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4465 Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4466 user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4467 all variables that have documentation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4468
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4469 ** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4470 shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4471 that shows you overlap with the previous line of text. The variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4472 minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4473 it should show; the default is 20.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4474
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4475 Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4476 the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4477 of your input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4478
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4479 ** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4480 all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4481 recent Emacs versions. You specify a previous Emacs version number as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4482 argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4483 the customizable options which were changed since that version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4484 Newly added options are included as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4485
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4486 If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4487 then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4488 for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4489
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4490 This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4491 Customize menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4492
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4493 ** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4494 the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4495
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4496 ** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4497 buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4498 invoked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4499
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4500 ** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4501 that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4502 The default is 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4503
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4504 ** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4505 syntax, not word syntax. Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4506 new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4507 (C-x n d). M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4508 sensibly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4509
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4510 ** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4511
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4512 ** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4513 value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4514 two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4515
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4516 ** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4517 reminder about upcoming diary entries. See the documentation string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4518 for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4519 every night.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4520
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4521 ** Desktop changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4522
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4523 *** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4524 the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4525
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4526 *** Minor modes are now restored. Which minor modes are restored
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4527 and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4528
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4529 ** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4530 read and post multi-lingual articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4531
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4532 ** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4533 doing an isearch. In order for this to happen search-invisible should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4534 be set to open (the default). If an isearch match is inside a hidden
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4535 outline the outline is made visible. If you continue pressing C-s and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4536 the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4537 made invisible again.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4538
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4539 ** Mail reading and sending changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4540
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4541 *** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4542 the message before it lets you edit the message. This is so that any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4543 changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4544 toggle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4545
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4546 *** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4547 now works in the summary buffer as well. (The command to delete the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4548 summary buffer is now Q.) The default file name for the w command, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4549 the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4550 rmail-default-body-file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4551
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4552 *** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4553 longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator. Instead, they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4554 handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4555
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4556 *** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4557 it should be an expression. When you send a message, this expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4558 is evaluated to insert the signature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4559
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4560 *** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4561 outbound email messages. It works in coordination with other email
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4562 handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4563 putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4564 transmission. Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4565 especially interested in trying feedmail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4566
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4567 feedmail is not enabled by default. See comments at the top of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4568 feedmail.el for set-up instructions. Among the bigger features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4569 provided by feedmail are:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4570
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4571 **** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4572 stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4573 there is also a queue for draft messages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4574
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4575 **** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4576 be prompted for confirmation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4577
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4578 **** does smart filling of address headers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4579
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4580 **** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4581 the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4582 can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4584 **** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4585 the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4586 /usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4587 function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4588
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4589 ** Dired changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4590
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4591 *** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4592 files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4593
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4594 *** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el. It allows one to easily
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4595 run Dired on the directory name at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4596
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4597 *** Dired has a new command: %g. It searches the contents of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4598 files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4599 for a specified regexp.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4600
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4601 ** VC Changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4602
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4603 *** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4604 conveniently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4605
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4606 *** VC Dired has been completely rewritten. It is now much
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4607 faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4608 Dired.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4609
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4610 VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4611 directory to display. By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4612 listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4613 currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4614
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4615 You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4616 then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4617 vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4618 control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4619 on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4620
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4621 All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4622 is redefined as the version control prefix. That means you may type
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4623 `v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4624 the file named in the current Dired buffer line. `v v' invokes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4625 `vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4626
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4627 The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4628 toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4629 VC files plus subdirectories). There is also a special command,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4630 `* l', to mark all files currently locked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4631
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4632 Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4633 ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4634 command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4635
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4636 *** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4637 file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4638 session to resolve them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4639
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4640 Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4641 resolve conflicts in a file at any time. It works in any buffer that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4642 contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4643 uses as well).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4644
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4645 *** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4646 command vc-merge (C-x v m). It is implemented for RCS and CVS. When
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4647 you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4648 either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4649 branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4650 If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4651 using ediff.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4652
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4653 ** Changes in Font Lock
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4654
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4655 *** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4656 are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4657 use for highlighting constants and labels. (Its face properties are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4658 unchanged.) The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4659 compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4660
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4661 ** Frame name display changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4662
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4663 *** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4664 frame. You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4665 raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4666 when many frames are invisible or iconified.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4667
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4668 *** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4669 frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4670 menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4671
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4672 ** Comint (subshell) changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4673
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4674 *** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4675 subjob now also kill pending input. This is for compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4676 with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4677
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4678 *** There are new commands in Comint mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4679
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4680 C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4681 that is, the line after the last line you got.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4682 You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4683
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4684 C-c SPC accumulates lines of input. More precisely, it arranges to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4685 send the current line together with the following line, when you send
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4686 the following line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4687
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4688 C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4689 which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4690 previously sent input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4691
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4692 C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4693 it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4694 as the search string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4695
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4696 *** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4697 automatically in compilation-mode windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4698
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4699 ** C mode changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4700
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4701 *** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4702 and as recognized syntax. New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4703 assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4704 definition.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4705
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4706 *** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4707 (i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4708 Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated. "gnu"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4709 style is still the default however.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4710
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4711 *** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4713 *** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4714 are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4715 them. They do not have key bindings by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4716
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4717 *** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4718 and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4719
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4720 *** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4721 namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4722
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4723 *** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4724 makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4725
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4726 *** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4727 c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4728
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4729 *** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded. You
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4730 should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4731 package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file. A new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4732 variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4733
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4734 ** Changes to hippie-expand.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4735
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4736 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4737 non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4738 which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4739
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4740 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4741 non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4742 expanding dynamically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4743
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4744 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4745 non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4746
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4747 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4748 non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4749 this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4750 expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4751
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4752 *** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4753
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4754 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4755
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4756 *** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4757 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4758 automatic key generation. This replaces variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4759 bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4760 against the first word in the title.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4761
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4762 *** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4763 capitalized words. To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4764 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4765 lowerkey characters will still be ignored. Thus, if you want to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4766 lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4767 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4768
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4769 *** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4770 generation is more flexible. Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4771 replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4772 bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4773
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4774 ** Changes in vcursor.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4775
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4776 *** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4777 and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4778 variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4779 entered exactly as if typed. Numerous functions, including
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4780 `vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4781 in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4782
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4783 *** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4784 Editing group once the package is loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4785
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4786 *** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4787 generally a bad side effect. Use M-x customize to set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4788 vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behaviour.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4789
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4790 *** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4791 vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4792
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4793 ** Ispell changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4794
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4795 *** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4796 buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings. Comments and strings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4797 are identified by syntax tables in effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4798
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4799 *** Generic region skipping implemented.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4800 A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4801 and will not be checked. The definitions of the regions can be user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4802 defined. New applications and improvements made available by this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4803 include:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4804
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4805 o URLs are automatically skipped
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4806 o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4807
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4808 *** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4809
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4810 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4811
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4812 RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4813 large projects (like a several volume math book). The parser has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4814 re-written from scratch. To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4815 section `Optimizations' in the manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4816
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4817 *** New recursive parser.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4818
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4819 The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4820 entire multifile document in order to parse the document. The new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4821 recursive parser scans the individual files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4822
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4823 *** Parsing only part of a document.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4824
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4825 Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4826 partial scans. To use this feature, read the documentation string of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4827 the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4828
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4829 (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4830
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4831 *** Storing parsing information in a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4832
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4833 This can improve startup times considerably. To turn it on, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4834
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4835 (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4836
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4837 *** Using multiple selection buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4838
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4839 If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4840 for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4841
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4842 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4843
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4844 *** References to external documents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4845
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4846 The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4847 documents. RefTeX can provide information about the external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4848 documents as well. To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4849 macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4850 RefTeX. The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4851 the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4852 The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4853
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4854 *** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4855
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4856 The builtin command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4857 and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4858
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4859 Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4860 the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4861
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4862 *** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4863
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4864 The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4865 buffers. See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4866
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4867 *** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4868
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4869 The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4870 contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4871 `reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'. The selection processes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4872 have a number of new keys predefined. In particular, TAB lets you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4873 enter a label with completion. Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4874 at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4875 more.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4876
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4877 *** Support for the varioref package
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4878
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4879 The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4880
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4881 *** New hooks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4882
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4883 Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4884 and citations are created. These hooks are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4885 `reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4886 `reftex-format-cite-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4887
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4888 *** Citations outside LaTeX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4889
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4890 The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4891 a mail buffer). See the Info documentation for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4892
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4893 *** Short context is no longer fontified.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4894
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4895 The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4896 fontification from the text in the buffer. If you prefer it to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4897 fontified, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4898
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4899 (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4900
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4901 ** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4902 With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4903 the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4904 directories that contain the same file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4905
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4906 Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4907 Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4908 file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4909 Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4910 have Makefile. A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4911 names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4912 directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4913 directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4914
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4915 ** New modes and packages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4916
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4917 *** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4918 It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4919 it, but some do not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4920
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4921 *** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4922 code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4923
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4924 *** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4925 current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4926 around in a buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4927
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4928 Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4929
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4930 *** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees. The author
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4931 uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4932 be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4933 established system of notation similar to Chess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4934
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4935 *** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4936 documentation string checking for style and spelling. The style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4937 guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4938
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4939 *** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4940 available in Emacs. Some of these functions are wrappers around
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4941 system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4942 simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp. There are also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4943 functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4944 the like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4945
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4946 *** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4947 identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4948
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4949 *** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4950 within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4951 used in a considerable time. To use this feature, customize
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4952 the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4953
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4954 *** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4955
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4956 apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4957 samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4958 fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4959 x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4960 hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4961 mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4962 javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4963 vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4964 java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4965 java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4966 mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4967
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4968 Platform-specific modes:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4969
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4970 prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4971 pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4972 alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4973 inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4974 ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4975 reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4976 bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4977 rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4978 rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4979
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4980 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4981
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4982 ** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4983 use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4984 That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4985 Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4986
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4987 Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4988 you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4989 consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4990
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4991 ** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4992 and using a default value if the key is not found there. You can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4993 specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4994 searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4995
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4996 ** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4997 multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4998 character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4999 environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5000
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5001 ** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5002 take two optional arguments. PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5003 string. SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5004 current input method for reading this one event.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5005
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5006 ** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5007 now control whether to output certain characters as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5008 backslash-sequences. print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5009 non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5010 characters. Both of these variables are used only when printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5011 in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5012
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5013 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5014
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5015 ** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5016 of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5017
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5018 ** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5019 in Emacs 19 and before. This means that (forward-char 1)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5020 always increases point by 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5021
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5022 The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments. It is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5023 considered obsolete. The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5024
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5025 See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5026
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5027 ** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5028 Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5029 default value changed. For example,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5030
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5031 (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5032 :type 'integer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5033 :group 'foo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5034 :version "20.3")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5035
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5036 (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5037 :version "20.3")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5038
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5039 If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5040 default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5041 is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5042 `:version' in the top level group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5043
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5044 This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5045
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5046 ** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5047 starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5048
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5049 However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5050 symbol itself, is not an error. This is for the sake of programs that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5051 support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5052 to themselves.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5053
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5054 If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5055 this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5056 values whatever.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5057
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5058 ** There is a new debugger command, R.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5059 It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5060 in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5061
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5062 ** Frame-local variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5063
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5064 You can now make a variable local to various frames. To do this, call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5065 the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5066 local bindings for that variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5067
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5068 These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5069 frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5070 modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5071 parameter name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5072
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5073 Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5074 Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5075 active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5076 that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5077
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5078 It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5079 clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5080 very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5081 through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5082
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5083 ** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5084 "symbolic regular expressions." These are Lisp expressions that, when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5085 evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps. The symbolic form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5086 makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5087 See the documentation in sregex.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5088
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5089 ** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5090 is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5091 parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5092 The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5093
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5094 ** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5095 If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5096
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5097 ** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5098 known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5099 define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5100
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5101 ** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5102 when the user enters empty input. It now returns the null string, as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5103 it did in Emacs 19. The default value is made available in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5104 history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5105
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5106 The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5107 return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5108 empty input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5109
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5110 ** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5111 for selecting buffers. For example, if you set this variable to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5112 `iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5113 Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5114 `read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5115
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5116 ** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5117 echoing a period for each character typed. It takes three arguments:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5118 a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5119 default password to use if the user enters nothing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5121 ** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5122 specify not to break a line at certain places. Its value is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5123 function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5124 place where a break is being considered. If the function returns
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5125 non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5126
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5127 ** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5128 If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5129 up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5130 end of the window, even if this requires computation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5131
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5132 ** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5133 which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5134 If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5135
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5136 ** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5137 holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5138 was directed to display this buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5139
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5140 ** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5141 with `equal'. Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5142 describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5143 other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5144 set-window-configuration.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5145
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5146 ** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5147 window configurations loosely. It ignores differences in saved buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5148 positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5149 windows and the choice of buffers to display.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5150
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5151 ** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5152 override the key bindings of a minor mode. The elements of this alist
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5153 look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5154
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5155 If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5156 non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5157 map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5158
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5159 minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5160 and it is meant to be set by major modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5161
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5162 ** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5163 except that it discards all text properties from the result.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5164
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5165 ** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5166 USE-FLOATS. If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5167 floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5168
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5169 ** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5170 to use for creating temporary files. The default value is determined
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5171 in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5172 it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5173
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5174 ** Menu changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5175
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5176 *** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5177 keywords :visible and :filter. The existing keyword :keys is now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5178 better supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5179
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5180 The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5181 a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5182 you define the menu. The default is t. If you rarely use menus, you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5183 can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5184 then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5186 *** A new format for menu items is supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5187
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5188 In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5189 (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5190 defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5191 starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5192
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5193 The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5194 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5195 (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5196 where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5197 string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5198 The supported properties include
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5199
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5200 :enable FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5201 item is enabled.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5202 :visible FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5203 item should appear in the menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5204 :filter FILTER-FN
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5205 FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5206 which will be REAL-BINDING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5207 It should return a binding to use instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5208 :keys DESCRIPTION
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5209 DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5210 binding for for REAL-BINDING. DESCRIPTION is expanded with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5211 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5212 :key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5213 KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5214 keyboard binding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5215 :key-sequence nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5216 This means that the command normally has no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5217 keyboard equivalent.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5218 :help HELP HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5219 :button (TYPE . SELECTED)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5220 TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5221 SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5222 value says whether this button is currently selected.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5223
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5224 Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5225 Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5226
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5227 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5228
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5229 ** New event types
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5230
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5231 *** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5232 mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse). The event contains a delta that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5233 corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5234 which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom. The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5235
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5236 (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5237
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5238 where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5239 same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5240 indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5241 negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5242 the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5243 forward, away from the user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5245 As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5246
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5247 *** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5248 files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5249 and dropped onto an Emacs frame. The event contains a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5250 filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5251 loaded into Emacs. The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5252
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5253 (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5254
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5255 where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5256 same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5257 that were dragged and dropped.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5258
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5259 As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5260
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5261 ** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5262
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5263 *** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5264 any attempt to set it directly signals an error. The only way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5265 to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5266
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5267 *** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all". You
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5268 can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5269 that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5270
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5271 *** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5272 in Emacs 19 and before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5273
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5274 The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5275 The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5276
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5277 *** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5278 buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5279 unibyte representation. If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5280 representation. Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5281
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5282 This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5283 as a sequence of bytes. However, it does change the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5284 viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5285 one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5286 will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5287
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5288 This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5289 representation is in use. It also adjusts various data in the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5290 (including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5291 consistent with the new representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5292
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5293 *** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5294 representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5295 about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5296 however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5297
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5298 The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5299 nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5300 using the table nonascii-translation-table.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5301
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5302 *** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5303 representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5304 representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5305
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5306 The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5307 loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5308 is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5309
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5310 *** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5311 which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5312
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5313 *** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5314 which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5315
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5316 *** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5317 portions of two strings. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5318 so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5319 You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5320
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5321 *** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5322 it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5323
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5324 *** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5325 convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5326 buffer or string being searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5327
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5328 One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5329 [...] to match all non-ASCII characters. This does still work when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5330 searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5331 searching or matching a multibyte string. Unfortunately, there is no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5332 obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job. But, what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5333 you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5334 expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5335
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5336 *** Structure of coding system changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5337
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5338 All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5339 by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5340 which defines the coding system. Aliases share the same vector
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5341 as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5342 vector affects the principal name and its aliases. You can define
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5343 your own alias name of a coding system by the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5344 define-coding-system-alias.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5346 The coding system definition includes a property list of its own. Use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5347 the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5348 access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5349 pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5350 character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5351 safe-charsets. For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5352 'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5353 `iso-8859-1'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5354
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5355 Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5356 The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5357 coding system can correctly encode and decode. For instance:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5358 (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5359
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5360 Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5361 also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5362 are capable of that coding system. Though, Emacs itself can encode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5363 the other character sets and read it back correctly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5364
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5365 *** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5366 proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5367 This function requires a user interaction.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5368
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5369 *** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5370 find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5371 select-safe-coding-system. They return a list of all proper coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5372 systems to encode a text in some region or string. If you don't want
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5373 a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5374 select-safe-coding-system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5375
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5376 *** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5377 decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5378 last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5379 was done.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5380
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5381 *** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5382 used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5383 coding systems used by some specific language environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5384
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5385 *** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5386 return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil. Thus, if only ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5387 characters are found, they now return a list of single element
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5388 `undecided' or its subsidiaries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5389
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5390 *** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5391 coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5392 coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5393 converted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5394
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5395 *** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5396 coding system for communicating with other X clients.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5397
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5398 *** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5399 character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5400 character sets or entire subrows of a character set. In other words,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5401 each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5402 either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5403 range of characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5404
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5405 *** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5406 Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5407
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5408 *** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5409 in the current buffer at position POS.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5410
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5411 *** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5412 input-method-function. If this is non-nil, its value should be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5413 function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5414 character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5415 event as an argument. Often this function will read more input, first
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5416 binding input-method-function to nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5417
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5418 The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5419 method processing. These events will be processed sequentially as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5420 input, before resorting to unread-command-events. Events returned by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5421 the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5422 not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5423
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5424 The input method function is not called when reading the second and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5425 subsequent events of a key sequence.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5426
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5427 *** You can customize any language environment by using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5428 set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5429
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5430 The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5431 customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook. For
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5432 instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5433 environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5434 exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5435
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5436 * Changes in Emacs 20.1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5438 ** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5439 options. It is called M-x customize. With this facility you can look
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5440 at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5441 tree structure.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5442
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5443 M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5444 user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5445
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5446 With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5447 session or permanently. (Permanent settings are stored automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5448 in your .emacs file.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5449
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5450 ** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5451 You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5452
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5453 ** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5454 This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5455
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5456 ** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5457 immediately afterward. At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5458 kills the region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5459
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5460 The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5461 delete the character before point, as usual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5462
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5463 ** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5464 on terminals which support this. (You can disable this feature
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5465 by setting search-highlight to nil.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5466
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5467 ** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5468 insert the default value into the minibuffer as text. In effect,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5469 the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5470 onto the history "in the future". (The more normal use of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5471 history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5472 past.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5473
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5474 ** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5475 This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5476 in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5477 TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5478 makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5479
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5480 As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5481 and is an alias for it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5482
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5483 If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5484 use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5485
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5486 ** Scrolling changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5487
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5488 *** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5489 position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5490
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5491 In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5492 on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5493 where it started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5494
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5495 *** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5496 move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5497 screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5498 does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5499
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5500 *** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5501 top or bottom of a window. It is a number of screen lines; if point
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5502 comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5503 recenters the window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5504
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5505 ** International character set support (MULE)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5506
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5507 Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5508 including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5509 Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5510 Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts. These
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5511 features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5512 MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5513
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5514 Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5515 coding systems for storing files. Emacs uses a single multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5516 character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5517 variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5518 into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5519
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5520 Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5521 generally don't have keys for all the characters in them. So Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5522 supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5523 language, to make it possible to type them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5524
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5525 The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5526 character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5527
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5528 The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5529 to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5530
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5531 You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5532
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5533 (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5534
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5535 Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5536 characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5537 argument, AUTO. This provides compatibility for people who are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5538 already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5539 characters for their work until they want to change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5540
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5541 *** Input methods
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5542
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5543 An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5544 specifically for interactive input. In Emacs, typically each language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5545 has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5546 the same characters can share one input method). Some languages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5547 support several input methods.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5548
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5549 The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5550 another alphabet. This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5551 work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5553 A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5554 characters into one letter. Many European input methods use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5555 composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5556 consists of a letter followed by diacritics. For example, a' is one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5557 sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5558 letter.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5559
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5560 The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5561 by conversion. The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5562 First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5563 marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5564 mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5565
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5566 None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5567 they are handled specially. First you input a whole word using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5568 phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5569 converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5570
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5571 Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5572 word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5573 typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5574 the first guess is wrong.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5575
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5576 *** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5577 turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5578
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5579 If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5580 byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5581 they did in Emacs 19.34. This includes the features for support for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5582 the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5584 However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5585 use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5586 includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5587 translate automatically to and from either one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5588
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5589 *** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5590
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5591 Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5592 file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5593 sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte. This is probably not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5594 what you want.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5595
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5596 If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5597 example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5598 system when reading the file. This coding system also turns off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5599 multibyte characters in that buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5600
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5601 If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5602 character conversion as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5603
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5604 *** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5605
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5606 A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5607 Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5608 requires using many fonts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5609
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5610 Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets". Each fontset is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5611 collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5612
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5613 A fontset has a name, like a font. Individual fonts are defined by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5614 the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself. But once you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5615 have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5616 you would use a font.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5617
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5618 If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5619 specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5620 display that character. It will display an empty box instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5621
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5622 The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5623 (that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5624 characters). If another font in the fontset has a different height,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5625 or the wrong width, then characters assigned to that font are clipped,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5626 and displayed within a box if highlight-wrong-size-font is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5627
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5628 *** Defining fontsets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5629
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5630 Emacs does not use any fontset by default. Its default font is still
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5631 chosen as in previous versions. You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5632 with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5633
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5634 Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5635 of standard-fontset-spec. This fontset's short name is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5636 `fontset-standard'. Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5637 standard fontset are created automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5638
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5639 If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5640 argument, a fontset is generated from it. This works by replacing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5641 FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5642 with `*' then using this to specify a fontset. This fontset's short
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5643 name is `fontset-startup'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5644
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5645 Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5646 The resource value should have this form:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5647 FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5648 FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5649 * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5650 * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5651 * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5652 The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5653 of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5654 CHARSET-NAME should be the name name of a character set, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5655 FONT-NAME should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5656
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5657 Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5658 last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5659 You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5660
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5661 For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5662 font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME. For instance, with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5663 following resource,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5664 Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5665 the font for ASCII is generated as below:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5666 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5667 Here is the substitution rule:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5668 Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5669 defined in the variable x-charset-registries. For instance, ASCII has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5670 the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable. Then, reduce
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5671 sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5672 (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5673
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5674 The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5675 fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec. You can also call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5676 that function explicitly to create a fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5677
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5678 With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5679 like an actual font name. But be careful not to specify a fontset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5680 name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5681 fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5682 fontsets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5683
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5684 *** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5685 defaults for a particular choice of language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5686
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5687 Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5688 method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5689 visiting files. However, it does not try to reread files you have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5690 already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5691 language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5692 system for new files that you create.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5693
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5694 It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5695 set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5696 whole Emacs session.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5697
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5698 For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5699 chooses the Latin-1 character set. In the .emacs file, you can do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5700 with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5701
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5702 *** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5703 specifies the file coding system for the current buffer. This
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5704 specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5705 the file. As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5706 coding systems that Emacs supports.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5707
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5708 *** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5709 lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5710 This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5711 After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5712 is used for *the immediately following command*.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5713
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5714 So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5715 write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5716
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5717 If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5718 then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5719
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5720 For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5721 visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5722
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5723 *** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5724 construct. Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5725 to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM. You can also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5726 specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5727 of the file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5728
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5729 *** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5730 the coding system for terminal output. If you specify a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5731 code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5732 translated into that character code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5733
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5734 This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5735 various countries to support the languages of those countries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5737 By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5738
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5739 *** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5740 the coding system for keyboard input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5741
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5742 Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5743 with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5744 some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5745
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5746 By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5747
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5748 Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5749 input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5750 translate into single characters. However, input methods are designed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5751 to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5752 designed to work with terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5753
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5754 *** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5755 specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5756 This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5757 has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5758 translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5759 in the corresponding buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5760
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5761 By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5762
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5763 *** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5764 to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5765 It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5766
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5767 *** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5768 an input method. If no input method has been selected before, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5769 command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5770 want to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5771
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5772 C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5773 method. C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5774
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5775 *** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5776 layouts commonly used for particular scripts. How to do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5777 remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout. To specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5778 which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5779
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5780 *** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5781 the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5782 related information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5783
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5784 *** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5785 HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5786 scripts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5787
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5788 *** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5789 information about the support for a particular language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5790 You specify the language as an argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5791
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5792 *** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5793 the coding system used in the visited file. It normally follows the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5794 first dash.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5795
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5796 A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5797 (except CRLF => newline if appropriate). `=' means no conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5798 whatsoever. The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5799 1 through 9. Other coding systems are represented by letters:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5800
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5801 A alternativnyj (Russian)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5802 B big5 (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5803 C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5804 C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5805 D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5806 E euc-japan (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5807 I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5808 J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv) (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5809 K euc-korea (Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5810 R koi8 (Russian)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5811 Q tibetan
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5812 S shift_jis (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5813 T lao
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5814 T tis620 (Thai)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5815 V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5816 i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5817 k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5818 v viqr (Vietnamese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5819 z hz (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5820
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5821 When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5822 two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5823 coding system. These two characters describe the coding system for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5824 keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5825
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5826 *** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5827 conversion to use for RMAIL files. The default value is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5828
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5829 When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5830 into Emacs' internal format. This has nothing to do with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5831 rmail-file-coding-system. That variable controls reading and writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5832 Rmail files themselves.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5833
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5834 *** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5835 conversion for outgoing mail. The default value is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5836
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5837 Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5838 for sending mail:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5839
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5840 - If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5841 - Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5842 - Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5843 if that is non-nil. That comes from your language environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5844 - Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5845
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5846 *** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5847 to specify the language for the tutorial file. Currently, English,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5848 Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported. We welcome additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5849 translations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5850
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5851 ** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5852 of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally. There is also a command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5853 insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5854 without any conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5855
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5856 ** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5857 You can now specify any number of octal digits.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5858 RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5859 any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5860
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5861 ** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5862 functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5863
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5864 Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5865 Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5866
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5867 Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5868 mode. For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5869
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5870 ** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5871 complete-symbol. This command performs completion on the symbol name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5872 in the buffer before point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5873
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5874 With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5875 symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5876 you are using.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5877
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5878 With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5879 just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5880
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5881 ** File locking works with NFS now.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5882
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5883 The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5884 in the same directory as FILENAME.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5885
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5886 This means that collision detection between two different machines now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5887 works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5888 can become a bottleneck.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5889
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5890 The new method does have drawbacks. It means that collision detection
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5891 does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5892 create new files. Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5893 file server does not support symbolic links. But these conditions are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5894 rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5895 so useful that the change is worth while.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5896
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5897 When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5898 are stale. So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5899 collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5900 tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5901
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5902 ** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5903 it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el. Instead you must call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5904 show-paren-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5905
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5906 ** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5907 selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5908 delsel.el. Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5909
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5910 ** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5911 within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5912 complete.el. Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5913
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5914 ** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5915 it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el. You must also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5916 set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5917
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5918 ** Changes in View mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5919
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5920 *** Several new commands are available in View mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5921 Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5923 *** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5924 view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5925
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5926 *** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5927 previous state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5928
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5929 *** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5930 scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5931
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5932 *** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5933 non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5934 not just the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5935
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5936 *** New customization variable view-read-only. If non-nil, visiting a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5937 read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5938 turns View mode on or off.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5939
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5940 *** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5941 how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5942 delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5943
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5944 ** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5945 now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5946
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5947 ** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5948 has a new feature. If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5949 presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5950 which version to compare with.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5951
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5952 ** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5953 blocks if a match is inside the block.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5954
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5955 The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5956 is outside the block. By customizing the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5957 isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5958 shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5959
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5960 By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5961 of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5962 blocks, all of them or none.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5963
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5964 ** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5965 current buffer and deletes the selected window. It asks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5966 confirmation first.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5967
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5968 ** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5969 now changes the major mode according to that file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5970 However, the mode will not be changed if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5971 (1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5972 (2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5973 not suitable for ordinary files, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5974 (3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5975
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5976 This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5977
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5978 However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5979 these commands do not change the major mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5980
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5981 ** M-x occur changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5982
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5983 *** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5984 it performs a case-sensitive search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5985
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5986 *** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5987 if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5988 using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5989
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5990 ** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5991 in just one window at a time. At first, it is highlighted in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5992 window where you set the mark. The buffer's highlighting remains in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5993 that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5994 buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5995
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5996 ** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5997 after the command finishes. The message suggesting key bindings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5998 appears temporarily in the echo area. The previous echo area contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5999 come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6000
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6001 ** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6002 selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6003 buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6004
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6005 ** Outline mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6006
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6007 *** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6008
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6009 *** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6010
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6011 ** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6012 you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6013 Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6014 was already active.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6015
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6016 The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6017 unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6018 get confused by it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6019
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6020 If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6021 set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6022
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6023 ** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6024
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6025 *** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6026 conversion. If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6027 character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6028 including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6029
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6030 The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6031 mixed case. And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6032 copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6033
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6034 *** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6035 are no longer Lisp expressions. They have simply three possible
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6036 values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6037
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6038 `dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6039 case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6040 `dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6041 case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6042
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6043 ** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6044 certain length. The variable history-length specifies how long they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6045 can be. The default value is 30.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6046
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6047 ** Changes in Mail mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6048
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6049 *** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6050 Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6051 composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6052 `mail-user-agent'. The default choice of user agent is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6053 `sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6054 behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6055
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6056 C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6057 compose-mail-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6058
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6059 *** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6060 the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6061 replying to. This copies the text which is the selected region in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6062 buffer that shows the original message.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6063
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6064 *** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6065 with separator lines around the contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6066
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6067 *** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6068 in suitable mail headers. Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6069 definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc). You do not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6070 need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6071
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6072 *** New features in the mail-complete command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6073
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6074 **** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6075 for local users or if that is known. The variable mail-complete-style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6076 controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6077 Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6078
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6079 **** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6080 to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6081 /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6082
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6083 **** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6084 to get the list of user ids. By default, one file is used:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6085 /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6086
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6087 ** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6088 special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning. Thus, if you have a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6089 directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6090 reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6091
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6092 Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6093 when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6094 be taken to be magic.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6095
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6096 ** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6097 files to search through, and grep to scan them. The output is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6098 available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6099
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6100 M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6101 (-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6102
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6103 ** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6104 suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6105
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6106 In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6107
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6108 new key dired.el binding old key
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6109 ------- ---------------- -------
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6110 * c dired-change-marks c
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6111 * m dired-mark m
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6112 * * dired-mark-executables * (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6113 * / dired-mark-directories / (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6114 * @ dired-mark-symlinks @ (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6115 * u dired-unmark u
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6116 * DEL dired-unmark-backward DEL
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6117 * ? dired-unmark-all-files M-C-?
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6118 * ! dired-unmark-all-marks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6119 * % dired-mark-files-regexp % m
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6120 * C-n dired-next-marked-file M-}
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6121 * C-p dired-prev-marked-file M-{
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6122
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6123 ** Rmail changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6124
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6125 *** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6126 saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6127 chosen to make a unique name. This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6128 each time you run it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6129
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6130 *** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6131 whether to include the line count in the summary. Non-nil means yes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6132
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6133 *** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6134 messages) now take repeat counts as arguments. A negative argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6135 means to move in the opposite direction.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6136
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6137 *** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6138 you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6139
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6140 *** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6141 just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6142 It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6143 can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6144 for output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6145
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6146 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6147
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6148 *** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6149
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6150 *** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6151 Gnus.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6152
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6153 *** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6154 `and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6155
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6156 *** Article washing status can be displayed in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6157 article mode line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6158
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6159 *** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6160
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6161 *** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6162
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6163 (setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6164
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6165 *** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6166 are to be considered home score and adapt files. See
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6167 `gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6168
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6169 *** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6171 *** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6172
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6173 *** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6174 See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6175
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6176 *** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6177 Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6178 used to pick articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6179
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6180 *** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6181 another have been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6182
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6183 `M-x gnus-change-server'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6184
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6185 *** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6186 generating lines in buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6187
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6188 *** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6189 `M-C-_'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6190
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6191 *** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6192
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6193 *** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6194
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6195 (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6196
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6197 *** Scores can be decayed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6198
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6199 (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6200
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6201 *** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6202 Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6203
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6204 *** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6205 the native server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6206
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6207 `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6208
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6209 *** A new command for reading collections of documents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6210 (nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `M-C-d'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6211
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6212 *** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6213
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6214 *** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6215 even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6216
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6217 *** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6218 (DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6219
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6220 Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6221 a group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6222
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6223 *** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6224 sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6225
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6226 See the commands under the `T S' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6227
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6228 *** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6229
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6230 See the commands under the `G P' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6231
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6232 *** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6233
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6234 Use the `Y c' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6235
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6236 *** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6237
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6238 *** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6239
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6240 `M-x nnmail-split-history'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6241
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6242 *** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6243 from incoming mail before saving the mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6245 See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6246
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6247 *** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6248
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6249 *** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6250 the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6251
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6252 (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6253
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6254 Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6255 and show appropriate characters. (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6256 from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6257 hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6258 this issue.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6259
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6260 Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6261 automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6262 particular news group. This can be done by:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6263
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6264 (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6265
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6266 Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6267 of newsgroups. If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6268 "XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6269 system. CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6270 for reading and posting).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6271
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6272 CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6273 (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6274 Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6275 newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6276 there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6277
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6278 Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6279 default. Here are some of these default settings:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6281 (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6282 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6283 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6284 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6285 (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6286
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6287 When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6288 the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6289
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6290 ** CC mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6291
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6292 *** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6293 code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6294 values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file. To do
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6295 this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6296 Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6297 loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6298
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6299 If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6300 Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6301 style variables have buffer local values. By default, all buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6302 share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6303 c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file. Note that you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6304 must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6305
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6306 *** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6307 of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6308
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6309 *** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6310 it is no longer necessary. C mode now handles all the supported styles
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6311 of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6312
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6313 *** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6314 style that the Python developers like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6315
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6316 *** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6317 This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6318 just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6319
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6320 ** VC Changes [new]
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6321
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6322 ** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6323 name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6324 directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6325
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6326 This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6327 master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6328 developers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6329
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6330 You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6331 RET in a buffer visiting that file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6332
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6333 *** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6334 other developers. Such files are made read-only by CVS. To get a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6335 writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file. VC then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6336 calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6337
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6338 *** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6339 version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6340
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6341 ** Calendar changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6342
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6343 A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or subclasses
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6344 of holidays for ranges of years. Related menu items allow you do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6345 for the year of the selected date, or the following/previous years.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6346
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6347 ** ps-print changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6348
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6349 There are some new user variables for customizing the page layout.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6350
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6351 *** Paper size, paper orientation, columns
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6352
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6353 The variable `ps-paper-type' determines the size of paper ps-print
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6354 formats for; it should contain one of the symbols:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6355 `a4' `a3' `letter' `legal' `letter-small' `tabloid'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6356 `ledger' `statement' `executive' `a4small' `b4' `b5'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6357 It defaults to `letter'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6358 If you need other sizes, see the variable `ps-page-dimensions-database'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6359
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6360 The variable `ps-landscape-mode' determines the orientation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6361 of the printing on the page. nil, the default, means "portrait" mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6362 non-nil means "landscape" mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6363
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6364 The variable `ps-number-of-columns' must be a positive integer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6365 It determines the number of columns both in landscape and portrait mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6366 It defaults to 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6367
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6368 *** Horizontal layout
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6369
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6370 The horizontal layout is determined by the variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6371 `ps-left-margin', `ps-inter-column', and `ps-right-margin'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6372 All are measured in points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6373
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6374 *** Vertical layout
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6375
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6376 The vertical layout is determined by the variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6377 `ps-bottom-margin', `ps-top-margin', and `ps-header-offset'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6378 All are measured in points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6379
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6380 *** Headers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6381
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6382 If the variable `ps-print-header' is nil, no header is printed. Then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6383 `ps-header-offset' is not relevant and `ps-top-margin' represents the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6384 margin above the text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6385
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6386 If the variable `ps-print-header-frame' is non-nil, a gaudy
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6387 framing box is printed around the header.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6388
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6389 The contents of the header are determined by `ps-header-lines',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6390 `ps-show-n-of-n', `ps-left-header' and `ps-right-header'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6391
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6392 The height of the header is determined by `ps-header-line-pad',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6393 `ps-header-font-family', `ps-header-title-font-size' and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6394 `ps-header-font-size'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6395
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6396 *** Font managing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6397
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6398 The variable `ps-font-family' determines which font family is to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6399 used for ordinary text. Its value must be a key symbol in the alist
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6400 `ps-font-info-database'. You can add other font families by adding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6401 elements to this alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6402
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6403 The variable `ps-font-size' determines the size of the font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6404 for ordinary text. It defaults to 8.5 points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6405
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6406 ** hideshow changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6407
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6408 *** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6409 C++, ; for lisp).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6410
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6411 *** Support for java-mode added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6412
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6413 *** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6414 in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6415
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6416 *** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the the comments at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6417 the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6418 way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6419
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6420 *** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6421 robust and a lot faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6422
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6423 *** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6424
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6425 *** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6426 to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6427 documentation for more details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6428
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6429 ** Changes in Enriched mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6430
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6431 *** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6432 filled to the current fill-column. This behavior is now independent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6433 of the size of the window. When you save the file, the fill-column in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6434 use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6435 the next time unless the fill-column is different.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6436
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6437 *** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode. When it is enabled, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6438 distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6439 as paragraph boundaries. Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6440 as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6441
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6442 ** Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6443
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6444 *** Custom support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6445
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6446 The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6447 font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6448 faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6449 group font-lock-highlighting-faces. If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6450 your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value. However, you should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6451 consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6452
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6453 You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6454
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6455 *** Maximum decoration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6456
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6457 Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6458 default. Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6459 of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6460 supported. You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6461 to get the old behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6462
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6463 *** New support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6464
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6465 Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6466
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6467 Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6468 support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6469
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6470 *** Configurable support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6471
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6472 Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6473 additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6474 c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6475 java-font-lock-extra-types. These value of each of these variables should be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6476 list of regexps matching the extra type names. For example, the default value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6477 of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6478 convention that C type names end in _t. This results in slower fontification.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6479
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6480 Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6481 way you wish, typically by adding regexps. However, these new variables make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6482 it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6483
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6484 *** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6485
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6486 You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6487 highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6488 for any mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6489
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6490 For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6491
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6492 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6493
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6494 in your ~/.emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6495
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6496 *** New faces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6497
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6498 Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6499 font-lock-warning-face. These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6500 distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6501 to user attention, respectively. Various modes now use these new faces.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6502
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6503 *** Changes to fast-lock support mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6504
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6505 The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6506 cache files silently. You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6507 same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6508
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6509 *** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6510
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6511 The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6512 according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines. You can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6513 the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6514 non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6515 refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time. If nil, then only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6516 the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6517 Lock mode behaviour and the behaviour of Font Lock mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6518
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6519 This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6520 For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6521 this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6522 refontified to reflect their new syntactic context. Previously, only the line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6523 containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6524 the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6525
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6526 As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6527
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6528 Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6529 Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6530 Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6531 new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6532
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6533 If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6534 settings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6535
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6536 ** Ada mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6537
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6538 *** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6539 If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6540 procedure (modulo overloading). If a spec has no body file yet, but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6541 you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6542 stubs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6543
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6544 *** There are two new commands:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6545 - `ada-make-local' : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6546 - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6547
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6548 The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6549 `ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6550 `ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6551
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6552 *** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode. The outline level
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6553 is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6554 Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6555
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6556 *** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6557 formatting used in GNAT. It places two blanks after a comment start,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6558 places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6559 space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6560
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6561 ** Scheme mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6562
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6563 *** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6564 mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6565 for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'. The variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6566 with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6567 have any effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6568
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6569 If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6570 still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6571 scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6572 variables as buffer-local variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6573
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6574 *** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6575 Use M-x dsssl-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6576
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6577 ** Changes to the emacsclient program
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6578
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6579 *** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6580 USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6581 associated with the name. That is an emacsclient running as root
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6582 can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6584 *** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6585 it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6586 buffer in Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6587
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6588 *** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6589 use if Emacs is not running. The environment variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6590 ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6591 option takes precedence.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6592
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6593 ** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6594 constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6595 (in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6596
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6597 ** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6598 which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6599 the current defun.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6600
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6601 ** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6602 following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6603
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6604 ** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6605 and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6606 necessary).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6607
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6608 ** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6609 if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6610 these register values no longer become completely useless.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6611 If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6612 asked whether to visit the file again. If you say yes,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6613 it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6614
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6615 ** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6616 example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6617 be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6618 you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6619
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6620 You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6621 variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions. If a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6622 file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6623 revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6624 only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6625
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6626 ** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6627 since it applies only to the current frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6628
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6629 ** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6630 file for tex-file to run TeX on. (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6631 and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6632
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6633 This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6634 multiple files. In each of the included files, you can set up a local
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6635 variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6636 tex-main-file. Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6637 instead of just the file you are editing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6638
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6639 ** RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6640
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6641 RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6642 and \cite macros in LaTeX documents. RefTeX distinguishes labels of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6643 different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6644 multifile documents. To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6645 turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode. Here are the main user commands:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6646
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6647 C-c ( reftex-label
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6648 Creates a label semi-automatically. RefTeX is context sensitive and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6649 knows which kind of label is needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6650
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6651 C-c ) reftex-reference
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6652 Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6653 label definition. The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6654
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6655 C-c [ reftex-citation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6656 Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6657 database entries. The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6658
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6659 C-c & reftex-view-crossref
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6660 Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6661
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6662 C-c = reftex-toc
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6663 Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document. From there you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6664 can quickly jump to every section.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6665
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6666 Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6667 commands. Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6668 Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6669 reftex.el. You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6670 C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6671
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6672 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6673
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6674 *** Info documentation is now available.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6675
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6676 *** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6677 both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6678
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6679 *** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6680 bibtex-user-optional-fields.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6681
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6682 *** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6683 (use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6684
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6685 *** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6686 entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6687 appropriate functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6688
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6689 *** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6690 entries. They are bound by default to M-C-l and M-C-h.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6691
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6692 *** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6693 been cleaned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6694
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6695 *** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6696 bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6697
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6698 *** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6699 shall be delimited.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6700
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6701 *** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6702 bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6703 bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6704
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6705 *** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6706 field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6707 prefixed with `ALT'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6708
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6709 *** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6710 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6711 formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6712 documentation).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6713
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6714 *** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6715 documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6716 for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6717
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6718 *** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6719 comma should be inserted at end of last field.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6720
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6721 *** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6722 alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6723 signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6724
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6725 *** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6726
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6727 *** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6728
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6729 *** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6730 from alien sources.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6731
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6732 *** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6733 to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6734 crossref entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6735
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6736 *** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6737 region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6738
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6739 *** Added support for imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6740
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6741 *** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6742 of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6743 `compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6744 `next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6745
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6746 *** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6747 from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6748
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6749 ** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6750
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6751 ** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6752
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6753 ** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6754 functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6755 Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6756 as an argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6757
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6758 When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6759 and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6760
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6761 ** browse-url changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6762
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6763 *** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6764 Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6765 (browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6766 non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6767 customization variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6768
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6769 *** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6770
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6771 *** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6772 lines. Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6773 (e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6774
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6775 ** Changes in Ediff
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6776
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6777 *** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6778 pops up the Info file for this command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6779
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6780 *** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6781 the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6782 merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6783 directories).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6784
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6785 *** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6786 and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6787 files in the same directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6788
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6789 *** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6790 The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6791 related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6792
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6793 ** Changes in Viper
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6794
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6795 *** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6796 *** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6797 instead of vip-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6798 *** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6799 *** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6800 Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6801 *** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6802 *** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6803 *** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6804 color when Viper is in insert state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6805 *** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6806 Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6807 viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6808
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6809 ** Etags changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6810
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6811 *** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6812 default. The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6813 Use --no-globals to turn this feature off. Etags can also tag
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6814 variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6815 not by default. Use --members to turn this feature on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6816
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6817 *** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6818
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6819 *** Java is tagged like C++. In addition, "extends" and "implements"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6820 constructs are tagged. Files are recognised by the extension .java.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6821
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6822 *** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript. Files are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6823 recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6824 In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6825
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6826 *** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code. The usual C and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6827 C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6828 recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6829 methods and protocols.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6830
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6831 *** Etags also handles Cobol. Files are recognised by the extension
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6832 .cobol. The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6833 column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6834 paragraph name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6835
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6836 *** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep. The syntax of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6837 an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6838 at least M times and as many as N times.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6839
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6840 ** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6841 in files has changed slightly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6842
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6843 With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6844 time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6845 This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6846 with old time-stamp-format values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6847
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6848 In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6849 (`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6850 This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6851 reasons.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6852
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6853 In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6854 natural width. (With format-time-string, each format has a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6855 fixed-width default.) In this version, you can specify the colon
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6856 (`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6857 time-stamp-format width default." Do not use colon if you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6858 specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6859
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6860 Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6861 case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year. Digit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6862 truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6863
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6864 The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs. New formats are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6865 being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6866 future to be compatible with format-time-string. The new forms being
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6867 recommended now will continue to work then.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6868
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6869 See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6870 details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6871
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6872 ** There are some additional major modes:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6873
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6874 dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6875 m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6876 meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6877
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6878 ** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6879 copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6880 into Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6881
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6882 ** New Lisp packages include:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6884 *** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6885
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6886 *** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6887 be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6888
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6889 *** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6890
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6891 *** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6892 in shell buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6893
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6894 *** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6895 See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6896 and `elint-defun'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6897
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6898 *** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6899 meant for programming constructs. These abbrevs expand like ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6900 ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6901 strings or comments.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6902
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6903 These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6904 abbrev for insertion of additional text. Once you expand the abbrev,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6905 you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6906 insertion points. Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6907 at these points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6908
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6909 *** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6910 can visit them by short forms of their names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6911
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6912 *** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6913 Emacs Lisp function at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6914
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6915 *** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6916
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6917 *** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6918 switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6919
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6920 *** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6921
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6922 *** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6923
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6924 *** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6925
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6926 *** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6927 from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6928
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6929 *** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6930 You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6931 inserted at point. M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6932 original place after inserting the copy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6933
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6934 *** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6935 on the buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6936
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6937 You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6938 velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6939 (with mouse-drag-drag). Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6940
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6941 Enable mouse-drag with:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6942 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6943 -or-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6944 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6945
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6946 *** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6947 mail waiting to be read in them. It works with procmail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6948
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6949 *** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6950 It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6951
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6952 *** ogonek
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6953
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6954 The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6955 Polish diacritic characters in buffers. Codings known from various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6956 platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6957 TeX. For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6958 ISO8859-2. Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6959 prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6960 instance) and vice versa.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6961
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6962 To use this package load it using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6963 M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6964 Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6965 M-x ogonek-jak -- in Polish
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6966 M-x ogonek-how -- in English
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6967 The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6968 ways of customization in `.emacs'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6969
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6970 *** Interface to ph.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6971
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6972 Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6973
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6974 The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6975 services about people. ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6976 these servers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6977
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6978 *** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6979
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6980 *** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6981 You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6982 while the real cursor does not move.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6983
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6984 *** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6985 for visiting your favorite web sites.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6986
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6987 *** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6988 so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6989
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6990 ** movemail change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6991
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6992 Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6993 mail retrieval to function properly. This is because it no longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6994 supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6995 user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6996
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6997 This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6998
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6999 * Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7000
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7001 ** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7002
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7003 Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7004 end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7005 Macintosh). Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7006 file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7007 file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7008
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7009 To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7010 C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7011 coding system for the buffer. Then, when you save the file, the newly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7012 specified coding system will take effect. For example, to save with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7013 LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7014 save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7015
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7016 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7017
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7018 ** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7019 Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19. And
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7020 vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7021 Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7022
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7023 ** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7024 to start with w32- instead of win32-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7025
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7026 In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. We
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7027 don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7028 "win".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7029
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7030 ** Basic Lisp changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7031
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7032 *** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7033 evaluates to itself. Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7034
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7035 *** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed. It should now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7036 be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7037 or by the user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7038
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7039 The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7040
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7041 *** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7042
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7043 (when CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7044 (unless CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7045
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7046 *** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7047 usual Lisp meanings. For example, caar returns the car of the car of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7048 its argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7049
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7050 *** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7051
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7052 *** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7053
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7054 *** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7055
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7056 *** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7057 error if the integer is not a valid character code. These primitives
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7058 include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7059 `format' function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7060
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7061 *** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7062 or .elc, to the file name. Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7063 whose name is just foo. It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7064
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7065 *** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7066 either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7067 adding one of these suffixes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7068
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7069 *** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7070 which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7071 If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7072
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7073 We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7074 because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7075
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7076 *** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7077
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7078 *** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7079 You must load the `cl' library to define it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7080
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7081 *** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7082 conveniently with a different current buffer. It looks like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7083
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7084 (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7085
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7086 BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7087 BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7088
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7089 *** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7090 choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7091 restoring the value of point or the mark. `with-current-buffer'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7092 works using `save-current-buffer'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7093
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7094 *** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7095 write the output to a specified file. Like `progn', it returns the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7096 of the last form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7097
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7098 *** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7099 which is discarded after use. Like `progn', it returns the value of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7100 last form. If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7101 as the last form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7102
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7103 *** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7104 characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7105 matches.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7106
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7107 For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7108
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7109 *** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7110 with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7111 Then it returns that string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7112
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7113 For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7114
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7115 (with-output-to-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7116 (princ "The buffer is ")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7117 (princ (buffer-name)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7118
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7119 returns "The buffer is foo".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7121 ** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7122 is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7123
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7124 These characters have character codes above 256. When inserted in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7125 buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7126 characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7127
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7128 *** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7129 a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7130
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7131 Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7132 character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7133 Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7134 position by 2, 3 or 4. The function forward-char moves by whole
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7135 characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7136 (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7137
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7138 ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7139 Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7140 non-ASCII characters. These sequences are called "multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7141 characters".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7142
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7143 The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7144 through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237). These values are called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7145 "leading codes". The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7146 range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377). The first byte, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7147 leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7148
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7149 *** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7150 (forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7151 multibyte character. Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7152 character, which may be more than one buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7153
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7154 This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7155 always one buffer position, need to be changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7156
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7157 However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7158
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7159 *** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7160 because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7161 have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377. However,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7162 the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7163 guaranteed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7164
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7165 *** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7166 between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7167 character).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7168
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7169 When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7171 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7172 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7173 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7174 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7175 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7176
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7177 *** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7178
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7179 *** Strings can contain multibyte characters. The function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7180 `length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7181 more than the number of characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7182
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7183 You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7184 it literally. You can also represent it with a hex escape,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7185 \xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary. Any character which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7186 is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct. If you want to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7187 follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7188 newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7189
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7190 *** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7191 and returns a string containing those characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7192
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7193 *** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7194 (sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX. INDEX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7195 counts from zero. If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7196 character, sref signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7197
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7198 *** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7199 in a string. This is less than the length of the string, if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7200 string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7201
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7202 *** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7203 in a region from BEG to END. This is less than (- END BEG) if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7204 region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7205
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7206 *** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7207 the characters in it. string-to-vector converts a string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7208 to a vector of the characters in it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7209
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7210 *** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7211 of a string. You call it as follows:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7212
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7213 (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7214
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7215 This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7216 STRING. OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7217 This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7218 Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7219 it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7220
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7221 *** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7222 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7223
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7224 *** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7225 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7226
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7227 *** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7228 to fit within a certain number of columns. (Of course, it does
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7229 not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7230 which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7231
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7232 (truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7233
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7234 This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7235
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7236 The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7237 If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7238 are not included in the resulting value.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7239
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7240 The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7241 at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7242 WIDTH columns. If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7243 is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7245 If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7246 place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7247 character extends across that column), then the padding character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7248 PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7249 string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7250 column START-COLUMN.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7251
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7252 *** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7253 the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7254 necessarily the number of characters. It is, in effect, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7255 difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7256 changed text, before the change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7257
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7258 *** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7259 sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol. In general there is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7260 one character set for each script, not for each language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7261
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7262 **** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7263
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7264 **** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7265
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7266 **** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7267 set that the character belongs to. (The value is a symbol.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7268
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7269 **** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7270 name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7271 which identify the character within that character set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7272
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7273 **** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7274 byte-values, constructs a character code. This is roughly the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7275 opposite of split-char.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7276
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7277 **** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7278 of all the characters between BEG and END.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7279
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7280 **** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7281 of all the characters in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7282
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7283 *** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7284 and specifying coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7285
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7286 **** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7287 system names (symbols). With optional argument t, it returns a list
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7288 of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7289 (Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7290 and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7291 as what to do about code conversion.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7292
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7293 **** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7294 name. It returns t if so, nil if not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7295
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7296 **** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7297 for certain file names. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7298 except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7299
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7300 Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7301 which file names the element applies to. PATTERN should be a regexp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7302 to match against a file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7303
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7304 VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7305 a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7306 decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7307 to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7308 systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7309 specifies the coding system for encoding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7310
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7311 If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7312 or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7313
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7314 **** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7315 the coding system to use for network sockets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7316
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7317 Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7318 which network sockets the element applies to. PATTERN should be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7319 either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7320 service names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7321
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7322 VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7323 a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7324 decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7325 to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7326 systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7327 specifies the coding system for encoding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7328
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7329 If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7330 or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7331
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7332 **** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7333 for certain subprocess. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7334 except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7335 start the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7336
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7337 **** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7338 systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7339 when nothing else specifies what to do. The value is a cons cell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7340 (OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING). OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7341 to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7342
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7343 **** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7344 coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7345 subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7346
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7347 It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7348 but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7349 start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7350 connection permanently or until overridden.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7351
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7352 The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7353 file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7354 network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7355 coding system for output. But most of the time this variable is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7356 It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7357 system for one operation at a time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7358
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7359 **** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7360 files, subprocesses or network connections.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7361
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7362 **** The function process-coding-system tells you what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7363 coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7364 The value is a cons cell,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7365 (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7366 where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7367 the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7368 input to the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7369
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7370 **** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7371 change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7372
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7373 ** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7374 customization options. To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7375 you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7376
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7377 You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7378 variable. The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7379 information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7380 legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7381 customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7382
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7383 Thus, instead of writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7384
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7385 (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7386 "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7387
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7388 you would now write this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7389
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7390 (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7391 "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7392 :type 'boolean
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7393 :group foo)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7394
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7395 The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7396 two meaningful states: nil and non-nil. Other type values
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7397 describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7398 for a description of them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7399
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7400 The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7401 should belong to. You define a new group like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7402
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7403 (defgroup ispell nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7404 "Spell checking using Ispell."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7405 :group 'processes)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7406
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7407 The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group. The root
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7408 group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7409 but only other groups. The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7410 to the keywords used by C-h p. Under these subgroups come
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7411 second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7412
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7413 Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups. A simple
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7414 package should have just one group; a more complex package should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7415 have a hierarchy of its own groups. The sole or root group of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7416 package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7417 first-level subgroups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7418
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7419 ** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7420
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7421 This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7422 separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7423
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7424 ** easy-mmode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7425
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7426 The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7427 developing minor modes easier. Roughly, the programmer has to code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7428 only the functionality of the minor mode. All the rest--toggles,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7429 predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7430 `easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation). See also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7431 `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7432
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7433 ** Text property changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7434
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7435 *** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7436 text property.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7438 *** The new functions next-char-property-change and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7439 previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7440 place where either a text property or an overlay might change. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7441 functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT. POSITION is the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7442 starting position for the scan. LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7443
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7444 If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7445 LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7446 of the buffer. If no property change is found, the value is the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7447 position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7448
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7449 *** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7450 value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap. This
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7451 is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7452
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7453 ** Changes in invisibility features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7454
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7455 *** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7456 hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7457 is inside that portion of the buffer. To enable this the overlay
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7458 should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7459 would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7460 make the overlay visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7461
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7462 During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7463 invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7464 needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7465 which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7466 the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7467 t when it should hide it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7468
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7469 *** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7470
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7471 Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7472 invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7473 and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7474 Use `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7475 manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7476 Here is an example of how to do this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7477
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7478 ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7479 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7480 ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7481 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7482
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7483 ...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7484 (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) 'invisible 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7485
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7486 ...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7487 ;; When done with the overlays:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7488 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7489 ;; Or respectively:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7490 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7491
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7492 ** Changes in syntax parsing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7493
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7494 *** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7495 `parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7496 obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7497 `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7498
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7499 If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7500 is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7501 used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7502
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7503 When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7504 character in the buffer is calculated thus:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7505
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7506 a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7507 is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7508
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7509 Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7510 syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7511 a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7512
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7513 b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7514 is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7515 (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7516 determine the syntax type of the character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7517
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7518 c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7519 of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7520
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7521 *** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7522 value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'. The details are the same as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7523 for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7524
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7525 *** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7526 and 15). A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7527 only by another character with the same code (unless quoted). A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7528 character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7529 another character with the same code (unless quoted).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7530
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7531 These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7532 text property.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7533
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7534 *** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7535 arg COMMENTSTOP. If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7536 of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7537
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7538 *** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7539 (and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7540 element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7541 nil if none. The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7542 string/comment is started by a "!" or "|" syntax-code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7543
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7544 *** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7545 syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7546 `font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7547
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7548 ** Changes in face features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7549
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7550 *** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7551 if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7553 *** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7554 of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7555
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7556 *** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7557 set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7558
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7559 *** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7560 set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7561
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7562 *** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7563 by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7564 and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7565 the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7566 overlay property).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7567
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7568 This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7569 arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7570
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7571 ** Changes in file-handling functions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7572
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7573 *** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7574 directory name from the beginning of the file name. In other words,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7575 they no longer do anything special with // or /~. That conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7576 is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7577
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7578 This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7579 begins with ~.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7580
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7581 *** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7582 it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7584 *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7585 the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7586
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7587 *** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7588 as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7589
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7590 *** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7591 character code conversion as well as other things.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7592
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7593 Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7594 (formerly it did not).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7595
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7596 *** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7597 environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7598
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7599 *** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7600 instead of constant strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7601
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7602 *** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially. It used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7603 to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7604 any `//' or `/~' sequence. Now it passes them straight through.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7605
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7606 substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7607 in the same way as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7608
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7609 *** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7610 The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7611 which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7612
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7613 *** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7614 error if that fails. If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7615 else, and returns nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7616
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7617 *** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7618 directory cannot be listed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7619
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7620 ** Changes in minibuffer input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7621
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7622 *** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7623 read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7624 additional argument which specifies the default value. If this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7625 argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7626 ways:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7627
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7628 It is returned if the user enters empty input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7629 It is available through the history command M-n.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7630
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7631 *** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7632 read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7633 argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. If this is non-nil, then the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7634 minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7635 enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7636
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7637 In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7638 argument in this way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7639
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7640 *** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7641 from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7642 minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7643
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7644 ** Echo area features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7645
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7646 *** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7647 echo-area-clear-hook. Note that the echo area can be used while the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7648 minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7649 after the echo area is cleared.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7650
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7651 *** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7652 in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7653
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7654 ** Keyboard input features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7655
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7656 *** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7657 set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7658
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7659 *** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7660 received so far from the terminal. It does not count those generated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7661 by keyboard macros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7662
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7663 ** Frame-related changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7664
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7665 *** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7666 creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7667 hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7668
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7669 *** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7670 the window configuration has changed. The frame whose configuration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7671 has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7672
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7673 *** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7674 selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7675 value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7676 in the selected frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7677
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7678 *** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7679 is now `left', `right' or nil. A non-nil value specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7680 which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7681
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7682 ** X Windows features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7683
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7684 *** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7685 x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource. The usual value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7686 x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7687
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7688 *** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7689 The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7690
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7691 *** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7692 MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7693 A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7694
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7695 If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7696 it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7697
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7698 ** Subprocess features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7699
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7700 *** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7701 functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7702 automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7703
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7704 *** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7705 and returns the output from the command as a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7706
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7707 *** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7708 and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7709
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7710 ** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7711 does clear the variable to nil. The documentation was wrong before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7713 ** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7714 at the end of the keymap. If the keymap is a menu, this means it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7715 goes after the other menu items.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7716
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7717 ** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7718 of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7719 around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7720 are in use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7721
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7722 The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7723 series of several changes--if that seems safe.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7724
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7725 Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7726 after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7727 form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7728
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7729 ** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7730 is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7731 but its hook is still run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7732
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7733 ** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7734 for errors that are handled by condition-case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7735
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7736 If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7737 regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition. This is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7738 useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7739
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7740 This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways. Errors that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7741 are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7742 filters, will instead invoke the debugger. So don't say you weren't
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7743 warned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7744
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7745 ** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7746 way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7747
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7748 ** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7749 integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7750 functions like display-time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7751
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7752 ** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7753 name of a Lisp library. This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7754
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7755 ** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7756 can be used from Lisp. Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7757 is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7758
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7759 ** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7760 if there is an error in compilation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7761
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7762 ** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7763 switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7764 argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer. If it is non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7765 they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7766
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7767 ** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7768 Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7769 the *scratch* buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7770
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7771 ** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7772 The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN. This function can be used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7773 where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7774 e.g., in Font Lock mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7775
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7776 ** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7777 and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7778 It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7779
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7780 ** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7781 using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7782 variable mail-user-agent). It has variants compose-mail-other-window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7783 and compose-mail-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7784
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7785 ** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7786 can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name). The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7787 full name of the specified user will be returned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7788
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7789 ** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7790 of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7791 where to find it. They should load the profile of the user name found
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7792 in that variable. If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7793 option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7794 files at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7795
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7796 ** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7797 and type of padding. This works as in printf: you write the field
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7798 width as digits in the middle of a %-construct. If you start
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7799 the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7800
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7801 For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7802 minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7803 with spaces to 3 positions. Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7804 is how %S normally pads to two positions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7805
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7806 ** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7807
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7808 ** imenu.el changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7809
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7810 You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7811 item from menu created by imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7812
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7813 An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7814 #include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7815 select one of those items.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7816
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7817 * Emacs 19.34 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7818
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7819 * Changes in Emacs 19.33.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7820
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7821 ** Bibtex mode no longer turns on Auto Fill automatically. (No major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7822 mode should do that--it is the user's choice.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7823
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7824 ** The variable normal-auto-fill-function specifies the function to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7825 use for auto-fill-function, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7826 Major modes can set this locally to alter how Auto Fill works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7827
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7828 * Editing Changes in Emacs 19.32
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7829
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7830 ** C-x f with no argument now signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7831 To set the fill column at the current column, use C-u C-x f.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7832
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7833 ** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7834 conversion. If you type the abbreviation with mixed case, and it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7835 matches the beginning of the expansion including case, then the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7836 expansion is copied verbatim. Using SPC M-/ to copy an additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7837 word always copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7838 all caps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7839
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7840 ** On a non-windowing terminal, which can display only one Emacs frame
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7841 at a time, creating a new frame with C-x 5 2 also selects that frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7842
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7843 When using a display that can show multiple frames at once, C-x 5 2
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7844 does make the frame visible, but does not select it. This is the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7845 as in previous Emacs versions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7846
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7847 ** You can use C-x 5 2 to create multiple frames on MSDOS, just as on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7848 non-X terminal on Unix. Of course, only one frame is visible at any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7849 time, since your terminal doesn't have the ability to display multiple
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7850 frames.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7851
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7852 ** On Windows, set win32-pass-alt-to-system to a non-nil value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7853 if you would like tapping the Alt key to invoke the Windows menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7854 This feature is not enabled by default; since the Alt key is also the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7855 Meta key, it is too easy and painful to activate this feature by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7856 accident.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7857
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7858 ** The command apply-macro-to-region-lines repeats the last defined
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7859 keyboard macro once for each complete line within the current region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7860 It does this line by line, by moving point to the beginning of that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7861 line and then executing the macro.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7862
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7863 This command is not new, but was never documented before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7864
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7865 ** You can now use Mouse-1 to place the region around a string constant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7866 (something surrounded by doublequote characters or other delimiter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7867 characters of like syntax) by double-clicking on one of the delimiting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7868 characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7869
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7870 ** Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7871
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7872 *** Font Lock support modes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7873
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7874 Font Lock can be configured to use Fast Lock mode and Lazy Lock mode (see
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7875 below) in a flexible way. Rather than adding the appropriate function to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7876 hook font-lock-mode-hook, you can use the new variable font-lock-support-mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7877 to control which modes have Fast Lock mode or Lazy Lock mode turned on when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7878 Font Lock mode is enabled.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7879
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7880 For example, to use Fast Lock mode when Font Lock mode is turned on, put:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7881
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7882 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7884 in your ~/.emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7885
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7886 *** lazy-lock
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7887
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7888 The lazy-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by making fontification occur
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7889 only when necessary, such as when a previously unfontified part of the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7890 becomes visible in a window. When you create a buffer with Font Lock mode and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7891 Lazy Lock mode turned on, the buffer is not fontified. When certain events
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7892 occur (such as scrolling), Lazy Lock makes sure that the visible parts of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7893 buffer are fontified. Lazy Lock also defers on-the-fly fontification until
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7894 Emacs has been idle for a given amount of time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7895
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7896 To use this package, put in your ~/.emacs:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7897
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7898 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7899
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7900 To control the package behaviour, see the documentation for `lazy-lock-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7901
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7902 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7903
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7904 *** For all entries allow spaces and tabs between opening brace or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7905 paren and key.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7906
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7907 *** Non-escaped double-quoted characters (as in `Sch"of') are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7908 supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7909
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7910 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7911
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7912 Gnus, the Emacs news reader, has undergone further rewriting. Many new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7913 commands and variables have been added. There should be no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7914 significant incompatibilities between this Gnus version and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7915 previously released version, except in the message composition area.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7916
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7917 Below is a list of the more user-visible changes. Coding changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7918 between Gnus 5.1 and 5.2 are more extensive.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7919
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7920 *** A new message composition mode is used. All old customization
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7921 variables for mail-mode, rnews-reply-mode and gnus-msg are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7922 obsolete.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7923
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7924 *** Gnus is now able to generate "sparse" threads -- threads where
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7925 missing articles are represented by empty nodes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7926
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7927 (setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7928
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7929 *** Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7930
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7931 To disable this: (setq gnus-message-archive-group nil)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7932
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7933 *** Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7934 referred.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7935
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7936 *** Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7937
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7938 (setq gnus-use-grouplens t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7939
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7940 *** A trn-line tree buffer can be displayed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7941
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7942 (setq gnus-use-trees t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7943
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7944 *** An nn-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7945 buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7946
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7947 (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7948
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7949 *** In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7950
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7951 `M-x gnus-binary-mode'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7952
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7953 *** Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7954
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7955 (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7956
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7957 *** Gnus can re-send and bounce mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7958
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7959 Use the `S D r' and `S D b'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7960
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7961 *** Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7962 is possible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7963
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7964 (add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7965
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7966 *** Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7967 groups of groups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7968
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7969 *** Caching is possible in virtual groups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7970
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7971 *** nndoc now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews news
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7972 batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about everything else.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7973
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7974 *** Gnus has a new backend (nnsoup) to create/read SOUP packets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7975
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7976 *** The Gnus cache is much faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7977
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7978 *** Groups can be sorted according to many criteria.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7979
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7980 For instance: (setq gnus-group-sort-function 'gnus-group-sort-by-rank)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7981
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7982 *** New group parameters have been introduced to set list-address and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7983 expiration times.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7984
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7985 *** All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7986
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7987 *** There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7988 process marked articles on the `M P' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7989
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7990 *** The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7991 articles based on a wide range of criteria. These commands have been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7992 bound to keys on the `/' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7993
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7994 *** Articles can be made persistent -- as an alternative to saving
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7995 articles with the `*' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7996
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7997 *** All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7998
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7999 *** Article headers can be buttonized.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8000
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8001 (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8002
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8003 *** All mail backends support fetching articles by Message-ID.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8004
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8005 *** Duplicate mail can now be treated properly. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8006 `nnmail-treat-duplicates' variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8007
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8008 *** All summary mode commands are available directly from the article
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8009 buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8010
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8011 *** Frames can be part of `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8012
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8013 *** Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8014
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8015 *** Gnus can make use of NoCeM files to filter spam.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8016
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8017 (setq gnus-use-nocem t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8018
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8019 *** Groups can be made permanently visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8020
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8021 (setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8022
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8023 *** Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8024
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8025 *** Gnus respects the Mail-Copies-To header.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8026
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8027 *** Threads can be gathered by looking at the References header.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8028
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8029 (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8030 'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8031
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8032 *** Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8033 refetching.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8034
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8035 (setq gnus-keep-backlog 50)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8036
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8037 *** A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8038 buffer to allow easier treatment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8039
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8040 *** Gnus can suggest where to save articles. See `gnus-split-methods'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8041
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8042 *** Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8043
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8044 (setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8045
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8046 *** gnus-uu can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8047 articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8048
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8049 (setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8050
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8051 *** Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8052
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8053 *** Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8054 cited text to hide is now customizable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8055
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8056 (setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8057
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8058 *** Boring headers can be hidden.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8059
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8060 (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-hide-boring-headers)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8061
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8062 *** Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8063
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8064 *** Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8065
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8066 The Gnus manual has been expanded. It explains all these new features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8067 in greater detail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8068
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8069 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 19.32
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8070
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8071 ** The function set-visited-file-name now accepts an optional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8072 second argument NO-QUERY. If it is non-nil, then the user is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8073 asked for confirmation in the case where the specified file already
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8074 exists.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8075
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8076 ** The variable print-length applies to printing vectors and bitvectors,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8077 as well as lists.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8078
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8079 ** The new function keymap-parent returns the parent keymap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8080 of a given keymap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8081
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8082 ** The new function set-keymap-parent specifies a new parent for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8083 given keymap. The arguments are KEYMAP and PARENT. PARENT must be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8084 keymap or nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8085
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8086 ** Sometimes menu keymaps use a command name, a symbol, which is really
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8087 an automatically generated alias for some other command, the "real"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8088 name. In such a case, you should give that alias symbol a non-nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8089 menu-alias property. That property tells the menu system to look for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8090 equivalent keys for the real name instead of equivalent keys for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8091 alias.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8092
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8093 * Editing Changes in Emacs 19.31
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8094
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8095 ** Freedom of the press restricted in the United States.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8096
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8097 Emacs has been censored in accord with the Communications Decency Act.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8098 This includes removing some features of the doctor program. That law
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8099 was described by its supporters as a ban on pornography, but it bans
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8100 far more than that. The Emacs distribution has never contained any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8101 pornography, but parts of it were nonetheless prohibited.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8102
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8103 For information on US government censorship of the Internet, and what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8104 you can do to bring back freedom of the press, see the web site
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8105 `http://www.vtw.org/'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8106
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8107 ** A note about C mode indentation customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8108
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8109 The old (Emacs 19.29) ways of specifying a C indentation style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8110 do not normally work in the new implementation of C mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8111 It has its own methods of customizing indentation, which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8112 much more powerful than the old C mode. See the Editing Programs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8113 chapter of the manual for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8114
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8115 However, you can load the library cc-compat to make the old
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8116 customization variables take effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8117
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8118 ** Marking with the mouse.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8119
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8120 When you mark a region with the mouse, the region now remains
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8121 highlighted until the next input event, regardless of whether you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8122 using M-x transient-mark-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8123
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8124 ** Improved Windows NT/95 support.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8125
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8126 *** Emacs now supports scroll bars on Windows NT and Windows 95.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8127
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8128 *** Emacs now supports subprocesses on Windows 95. (Subprocesses used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8129 to work on NT only and not on 95.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8130
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8131 *** There are difficulties with subprocesses, though, due to problems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8132 in Windows, beyond the control of Emacs. They work fine as long as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8133 you run Windows applications. The problems arise when you run a DOS
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8134 application in a subprocesses. Since current shells run as DOS
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8135 applications, these problems are significant.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8136
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8137 If you run a DOS application in a subprocess, then the application is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8138 likely to busy-wait, which means that your machine will be 100% busy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8139 However, if you don't mind the temporary heavy load, the subprocess
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8140 will work OK as long as you tell it to terminate before you start any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8141 other DOS application as a subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8142
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8143 Emacs is unable to terminate or interrupt a DOS subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8144 You have to do this by providing input directly to the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8145
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8146 If you run two DOS applications at the same time in two separate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8147 subprocesses, even if one of them is asynchronous, you will probably
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8148 have to reboot your machine--until then, it will remain 100% busy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8149 Windows simply does not cope when one Windows process tries to run two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8150 separate DOS subprocesses. Typing CTL-ALT-DEL and then choosing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8151 Shutdown seems to work although it may take a few minutes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8152
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8153 ** M-x resize-minibuffer-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8154
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8155 This command, not previously mentioned in NEWS, toggles a mode in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8156 which the minibuffer window expands to show as many lines as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8157 minibuffer contains.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8158
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8159 ** `title' frame parameter and resource.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8160
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8161 The `title' X resource now specifies just the frame title, nothing else.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8162 It does not affect the name used for looking up other X resources.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8163 It works by setting the new `title' frame parameter, which likewise
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8164 affects just the displayed title of the frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8165
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8166 The `name' parameter continues to do what it used to do:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8167 it specifies the frame name for looking up X resources,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8168 and also serves as the default for the displayed title
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8169 when the `title' parameter is unspecified or nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8171 ** Emacs now uses the X toolkit by default, if you have a new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8172 enough version of X installed (X11R5 or newer).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8173
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8174 ** When you compile Emacs with the Motif widget set, Motif handles the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8175 F10 key by activating the menu bar. To avoid confusion, the usual
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8176 Emacs binding of F10 is replaced with a no-op when using Motif.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8177
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8178 If you want to be able to use F10 in Emacs, you can rebind the Motif
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8179 menubar to some other key which you don't use. To do so, add
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8180 something like this to your X resources file. This example rebinds
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8181 the Motif menu bar activation key to S-F12:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8182
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8183 Emacs*defaultVirtualBindings: osfMenuBar : Shift<Key>F12
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8184
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8185 ** In overwrite mode, DEL now inserts spaces in most cases
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8186 to replace the characters it "deletes".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8187
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8188 ** The Rmail summary now shows the number of lines in each message.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8189
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8190 ** Rmail has a new command M-x unforward-rmail-message, which extracts
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8191 a forwarded message from the message that forwarded it. To use it,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8192 select a message which contains a forwarded message and then type the command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8193 It inserts the forwarded message as a separate Rmail message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8194 immediately after the selected one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8195
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8196 This command also undoes the textual modifications that are standardly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8197 made, as part of forwarding, by Rmail and other mail reader programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8198
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8199 ** Turning off saving of .saves-... files in your home directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8200
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8201 Each Emacs session writes a file named .saves-... in your home
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8202 directory to record which files M-x recover-session should recover.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8203 If you exit Emacs normally with C-x C-c, it deletes that file. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8204 Emacs or the operating system crashes, the file remains for M-x
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8205 recover-session.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8206
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8207 You can turn off the writing of these files by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8208 auto-save-list-file-name to nil. If you do this, M-x recover-session
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8209 will not work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8210
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8211 Some previous Emacs versions failed to delete these files even on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8212 normal exit. This is fixed now. If you are thinking of turning off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8213 this feature because of past experiences with versions that had this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8214 bug, it would make sense to check whether you still want to do so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8215 now that the bug is fixed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8216
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8217 ** Changes to Version Control (VC)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8218
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8219 There is a new variable, vc-follow-symlinks. It indicates what to do
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8220 when you visit a link to a file that is under version control.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8221 Editing the file through the link bypasses the version control system,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8222 which is dangerous and probably not what you want.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8223
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8224 If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8225 telling you about it in the echo area. If it is `ask' (the default),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8226 VC asks for confirmation whether it should follow the link. If nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8227 the link is visited and a warning displayed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8228
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8229 ** iso-acc.el now lets you specify a choice of language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8230 Languages include "latin-1" (the default) and "latin-2" (which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8231 is designed for entering ISO Latin-2 characters).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8232
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8233 There are also choices for specific human languages such as French and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8234 Portuguese. These are subsets of Latin-1, which differ in that they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8235 enable only the accent characters needed for particular language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8236 The other accent characters, not needed for the chosen language,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8237 remain normal.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8238
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8239 ** Posting articles and sending mail now has M-TAB completion on various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8240 header fields (Newsgroups, To, CC, ...).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8241
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8242 Completion in the Newsgroups header depends on the list of groups
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8243 known to your news reader. Completion in the Followup-To header
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8244 offers those groups which are in the Newsgroups header, since
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8245 Followup-To usually just holds one of those.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8246
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8247 Completion in fields that hold mail addresses works based on the list
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8248 of local users plus your aliases. Additionally, if your site provides
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8249 a mail directory or a specific host to use for any unrecognized user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8250 name, you can arrange to query that host for completion also. (See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8251 documentation of variables `mail-directory-process' and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8252 `mail-directory-stream'.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8253
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8254 ** A greatly extended sgml-mode offers new features such as (to be configured)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8255 skeletons with completing read for tags and attributes, typing named
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8256 characters including optionally all 8bit characters, making tags invisible
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8257 with optional alternate display text, skipping and deleting tag(pair)s.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8258
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8259 Note: since Emacs' syntax feature cannot limit the special meaning of ', " and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8260 - to inside <>, for some texts the result, especially of font locking, may be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8261 wrong (see `sgml-specials' if you get wrong results).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8262
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8263 The derived html-mode configures this with tags and attributes more or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8264 less HTML3ish. It also offers optional quick keys like C-c 1 for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8265 headline or C-c u for unordered list (see `html-quick-keys'). Edit /
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8266 Text Properties / Face or M-g combinations create tags as applicable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8267 Outline minor mode is supported and level 1 font-locking tries to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8268 fontify tag contents (which only works when they fit on one line, due
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8269 to a limitation in font-lock).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8270
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8271 External viewing via browse-url can occur automatically upon saving.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8272
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8273 ** M-x imenu-add-to-menubar now adds to the menu bar for the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8274 buffer only. If you want to put an Imenu item in the menu bar for all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8275 buffers that use a particular major mode, use the mode hook, as in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8276 this example:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8277
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8278 (add-hook 'emacs-lisp-mode-hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8279 '(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Index")))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8281 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8282
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8283 *** Field names may now contain digits, hyphens, and underscores.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8284
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8285 *** Font Lock mode is now supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8286
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8287 *** bibtex-make-optional-field is no longer interactive.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8288
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8289 *** If bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil, inserting new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8290 entries is now done with a faster algorithm. However, inserting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8291 will fail in this case if the buffer contains invalid entries or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8292 isn't in sorted order, so you should finish each entry with C-c C-c
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8293 (bibtex-close-entry) after you have inserted or modified it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8294 The default value of bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8295
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8296 *** Function `show-all' is no longer bound to a key, since C-u C-c C-q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8297 does the same job.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8298
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8299 *** Entries with quotes inside quote-delimited fields (as `author =
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8300 "Stefan Sch{\"o}f"') are now supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8301
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8302 *** Case in field names doesn't matter anymore when searching for help
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8303 text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8304
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8305 ** Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8306
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8307 *** Global Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8308
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8309 Font Lock mode can be turned on globally, in buffers that support it, by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8310 new command global-font-lock-mode. You can use the new variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8311 font-lock-global-modes to control which modes have Font Lock mode automagically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8312 turned on. By default, this variable is set so that Font Lock mode is turned
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8313 on globally where the buffer mode supports it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8314
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8315 For example, to automagically turn on Font Lock mode where supported, put:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8316
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8317 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8318
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8319 in your ~/.emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8320
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8321 *** Local Refontification
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8322
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8323 In Font Lock mode, editing a line automatically refontifies that line only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8324 However, if your change alters the syntactic context for following lines,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8325 those lines remain incorrectly fontified. To refontify them, use the new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8326 command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8327
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8328 In certain major modes, M-g M-g refontifies the entire current function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8329 (The variable font-lock-mark-block-function controls how to find the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8330 current function.) In other major modes, M-g M-g refontifies 16 lines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8331 above and below point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8332
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8333 With a prefix argument N, M-g M-g refontifies N lines above and below point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8334
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8335 ** Follow mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8336
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8337 Follow mode is a new minor mode combining windows showing the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8338 buffer into one tall "virtual window". The windows are typically two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8339 side-by-side windows. Follow mode makes them scroll together as if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8340 they were a unit. To use it, go to a frame with just one window,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8341 split it into two side-by-side windows using C-x 3, and then type M-x
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8342 follow-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8343
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8344 M-x follow-mode turns off Follow mode if it is already enabled.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8346 To display two side-by-side windows and activate Follow mode, use the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8347 command M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8348
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8349 ** hide-show changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8350
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8351 The hooks hs-hide-hooks and hs-show-hooks have been renamed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8352 to hs-hide-hook and hs-show-hook, to follow the convention for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8353 normal hooks.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8354
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8355 ** Simula mode now has a menu containing the most important commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8356 The new command simula-indent-exp is bound to C-M-q.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8357
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8358 ** etags can now handle programs written in Erlang. Files are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8359 recognised by the extensions .erl and .hrl. The tagged lines are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8360 those that begin a function, record, or macro.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8361
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8362 ** MSDOS Changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8363
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8364 *** It is now possible to compile Emacs with the version 2 of DJGPP.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8365 Compilation with DJGPP version 1 also still works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8366
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8367 *** The documentation of DOS-specific aspects of Emacs was rewritten
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8368 and expanded; see the ``MS-DOS'' node in the on-line docs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8369
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8370 *** Emacs now uses ~ for backup file names, not .bak.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8371
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8372 *** You can simulate mouse-3 on two-button mice by simultaneously
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8373 pressing both mouse buttons.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8374
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8375 *** A number of packages and commands which previously failed or had
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8376 restricted functionality on MS-DOS, now work. The most important ones
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8377 are:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8378
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8379 **** Printing (both with `M-x lpr-buffer' and with `ps-print' package)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8380 now works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8381
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8382 **** `Ediff' works (in a single-frame mode).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8383
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8384 **** `M-x display-time' can be used on MS-DOS (due to the new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8385 implementation of Emacs timers, see below).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8386
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8387 **** `Dired' supports Unix-style shell wildcards.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8388
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8389 **** The `c-macro-expand' command now works as on other platforms.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8390
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8391 **** `M-x recover-session' works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8393 **** `M-x list-colors-display' displays all the available colors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8394
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8395 **** The `TPU-EDT' package works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8396
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8397 * Lisp changes in Emacs 19.31.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8398
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8399 ** The function using-unix-filesystems on Windows NT and Windows 95
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8400 tells Emacs to read and write files assuming that they reside on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8401 remote Unix filesystem. No CR/LF translation is done on any files in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8402 this case. Invoking using-unix-filesystems with t activates this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8403 behavior, and invoking it with any other value deactivates it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8404
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8405 ** Change in system-type and system-configuration values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8406
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8407 The value of system-type on a Linux-based GNU system is now `lignux',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8408 not `linux'. This means that some programs which use `system-type'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8409 need to be changed. The value of `system-configuration' will also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8410 be different.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8411
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8412 It is generally recommended to use `system-configuration' rather
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8413 than `system-type'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8414
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8415 See the file LINUX-GNU in this directory for more about this.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8416
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8417 ** The functions shell-command and dired-call-process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8418 now run file name handlers for default-directory, if it has them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8419
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8420 ** Undoing the deletion of text now restores the positions of markers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8421 that pointed into or next to the deleted text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8422
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8423 ** Timers created with run-at-time now work internally to Emacs, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8424 no longer use a separate process. Therefore, they now work more
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8425 reliably and can be used for shorter time delays.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8426
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8427 The new function run-with-timer is a convenient way to set up a timer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8428 to run a specified amount of time after the present. A call looks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8429 like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8430
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8431 (run-with-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8432
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8433 SECS says how many seconds should elapse before the timer happens.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8434 It may be an integer or a floating point number. When the timer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8435 becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8436
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8437 REPEAT gives the interval for repeating the timer (measured in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8438 seconds). It may be an integer or a floating point number. nil or 0
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8439 means don't repeat at all--call FUNCTION just once.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8440
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8441 *** with-timeout provides an easy way to do something but give
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8442 up if too much time passes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8443
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8444 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8445
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8446 This executes BODY, but gives up after SECONDS seconds.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8447 If it gives up, it runs the TIMEOUT-FORMS and returns the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8448 of the last one of them. Normally it returns the value of the last
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8449 form in BODY.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8450
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8451 *** You can now arrange to call a function whenever Emacs is idle for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8452 a certain length of time. To do this, call run-with-idle-timer. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8453 call looks like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8454
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8455 (run-with-idle-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8456
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8457 SECS says how many seconds of idleness should elapse before the timer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8458 runs. It may be an integer or a floating point number. When the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8459 timer becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8460 ARGS.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8461
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8462 Emacs becomes idle whenever it finishes executing a keyboard or mouse
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8463 command. It remains idle until it receives another keyboard or mouse
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8464 command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8465
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8466 REPEAT, if non-nil, means this timer should be activated again each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8467 time Emacs becomes idle and remains idle for SECS seconds The timer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8468 does not repeat if Emacs *remains* idle; it runs at most once after
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8469 each time Emacs becomes idle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8470
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8471 If REPEAT is nil, the timer runs just once, the first time Emacs is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8472 idle for SECS seconds.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8473
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8474 *** post-command-idle-hook is now obsolete; you shouldn't use it at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8475 all, because it interferes with the idle timer mechanism. If your
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8476 programs use post-command-idle-hook, convert them to use idle timers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8477 instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8478
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8479 *** y-or-n-p-with-timeout lets you ask a question but give up if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8480 there is no answer within a certain time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8481
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8482 (y-or-n-p-with-timeout PROMPT SECONDS DEFAULT-VALUE)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8483
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8484 asks the question PROMPT (just like y-or-n-p). If the user answers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8485 within SECONDS seconds, it returns the answer that the user gave.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8486 Otherwise it gives up after SECONDS seconds, and returns DEFAULT-VALUE.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8487
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8488 ** Minor change to `encode-time': you can now pass more than seven
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8489 arguments. If you do that, the first six arguments have the usual
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8490 meaning, the last argument is interpreted as the time zone, and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8491 arguments in between are ignored.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8492
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8493 This means that it works to use the list returned by `decode-time' as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8494 the list of arguments for `encode-time'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8495
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8496 ** The default value of load-path now includes the directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8497 /usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp In addition to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8498 /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp. You can use this new directory for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8499 site-specific Lisp packages that belong with a particular Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8500 version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8501
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8502 It is not unusual for a Lisp package that works well in one Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8503 version to cause trouble in another. Sometimes packages need updating
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8504 for incompatible changes; sometimes they look at internal data that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8505 has changed; sometimes the package has been installed in Emacs itself
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8506 and the installed version should be used. Whatever the reason for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8507 problem, this new feature makes it easier to solve.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8508
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8509 ** When your program contains a fixed file name (like .completions or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8510 .abbrev.defs), the file name usually needs to be different on operating
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8511 systems with limited file name syntax.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8512
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8513 Now you can avoid ad-hoc conditionals by using the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8514 convert-standard-filename to convert the file name to a proper form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8515 for each operating system. Here is an example of use, from the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8516 completions.el:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8517
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8518 (defvar save-completions-file-name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8519 (convert-standard-filename "~/.completions")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8520 "*The filename to save completions to.")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8521
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8522 This sets the variable save-completions-file-name to a value that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8523 depends on the operating system, because the definition of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8524 convert-standard-filename depends on the operating system. On
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8525 Unix-like systems, it returns the specified file name unchanged. On
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8526 MS-DOS, it adapts the name to fit the limitations of that system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8527
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8528 ** The interactive spec N now returns the numeric prefix argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8529 rather than the raw prefix argument. (It still reads a number using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8530 minibuffer if there is no prefix argument at all.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8531
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8532 ** When a process is deleted, this no longer disconnects the process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8533 marker from its buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8534
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8535 ** The variable garbage-collection-messages now controls whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8536 Emacs displays a message at the beginning and end of garbage collection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8537 The default is nil, meaning there are no messages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8538
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8539 ** The variable debug-ignored-errors specifies certain kinds of errors
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8540 that should not enter the debugger. Its value is a list of error
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8541 condition symbols and/or regular expressions. If the error has any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8542 of the condition symbols listed, or if any of the regular expressions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8543 matches the error message, then that error does not enter the debugger,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8544 regardless of the value of debug-on-error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8545
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8546 This variable is initialized to match certain common but uninteresting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8547 errors that happen often during editing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8548
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8549 ** The new function error-message-string converts an error datum
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8550 into its error message. The error datum is what condition-case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8551 puts into the variable, to describe the error that happened.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8553 ** Anything that changes which buffer appears in a given window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8554 now runs the window-scroll-functions for that window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8555
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8556 ** The new function get-buffer-window-list returns a list of windows displaying
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8557 a buffer. The function is called with the buffer (a buffer object or a buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8558 name) and two optional arguments specifying the minibuffer windows and frames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8559 to search. Therefore this function takes optional args like next-window etc.,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8560 and not get-buffer-window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8561
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8562 ** buffer-substring now runs the hook buffer-access-fontify-functions,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8563 calling each function with two arguments--the range of the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8564 being accessed. buffer-substring-no-properties does not call them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8565
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8566 If you use this feature, you should set the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8567 buffer-access-fontified-property to a non-nil symbol, which is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8568 property name. Then, if all the characters in the buffer range have a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8569 non-nil value for that property, the buffer-access-fontify-functions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8570 are not called. When called, these functions should put a non-nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8571 property on the text that they fontify, so that they won't get called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8572 over and over for the same text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8573
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8574 ** Changes in lisp-mnt.el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8575
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8576 *** The lisp-mnt package can now recognize file headers that are written
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8577 in the formats used by the `what' command and the RCS `ident' command:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8578
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8579 ;; @(#) HEADER: text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8580 ;; $HEADER: text $
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8581
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8582 in addition to the normal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8584 ;; HEADER: text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8585
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8586 *** The commands lm-verify and lm-synopsis are now interactive. lm-verify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8587 checks that the library file has proper sections and headers, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8588 lm-synopsis extracts first line "synopsis'"information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8589
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8590
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8591
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8592 * For older news, see the file ONEWS
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8594 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8595 Copyright information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8596
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
8597 Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8599 Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8600 of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8601 copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8602 thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8604 Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 of this document, or of portions of it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8606 under the above conditions, provided also that they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607 carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609 Local variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8610 mode: outline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612 end: